Leaf NavSysManual

PANTONE PANTONE PANTONE PANTONE PANTONE
300C 299C 297C 289C 102C
K100
2015 NISSAN LEAF NAVIGATION SYSTEM

2015 LEAF
NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL
0ENJ-N
Printing: March 2014 (03)
Publication No.: N15E 0ENUU0
Printed in USA For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.
T00NA-3NA2D 0ENJ-N
(3,1)
-3 Foreword FOREWORD
Prologue GUID-801B9B40-26BD-49A7-A3FA-A8D4A5112094
GUID-251BEBC1-23DC-4665-B405-18A0830C57B1
1-877-664-2738 Thank you for purchasing a NISSAN vehicle.
NISSAN NAVIGATION SYSTEM
For Canadian customers This users manual is for the navigation system
HELPDESK CONTACT INFORMA-
Nissan Canada Inc. only. This manual contains operating instructions
TION GUID-7E109BAF-7F49-429A-8CC5-3267D2E74C0F for the NISSAN Navigation System offered in
For assistance or inquiries about the NISSAN 5290 Orbitor Drive your NISSAN vehicle.
Navigation System, or to order updated map Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 Please read this manual carefully to ensure safe
data, contact the NISSAN NAVIGATION SYS-
1-800-387-0122 operation of the navigation system.
TEM HELPDESK at:
. Because of possible specification changes
. ADDRESS: P.O. Box 1588, Orem, UT
and optional equipment, sections of this
84059-992
manual may not apply to your vehicle.
. WEB SITE: www.NissanNavigation.com or
. All information, specifications and illustra-
www.nissan.ca
tions in this manual are those in effect at the
. PHONE: 1-888-661-9995 time of printing. NISSAN reserves the right
. HOURS: 6:00 AM to 5:00 PM (Pacific to change specifications or design at any
Time) time without notice.
NISSAN CONSUMER AFFAIRS DE- . Do not remove this manual from the vehicle
PARTMENTGUID-0A572194-58C0-4CCD-A796-B7907E2D317D when selling this vehicle. The next user of
For assistance or inquiries about the NISSAN this navigation system may need the manual.
warranty, service or general questions, contact
the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department at:
For U.S. customers
Nissan North America, Inc.
Consumer Affairs Department
P.O. Box 685003
Franklin, TN 37068-5003
1-877-NOGASEV
Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

(5,1)
Graphical Index

(1,1)
Table of Introduction 0
Contents LEAF Navigation System overview IT
Getting Started 1
Unique EV functions 2
Navigation 3
Audio system 4
CARWINGSTM 5
Viewing technical information 6
Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System 7
Voice recognition 8
Monitor system 9
Troubleshooting guide/General system information 10
Index 11
12

(5,1)
Graphical Index

(7,1)
0 Introduction
How to use this manual ...........................................................

... 0-2 Safety information .....................................................................
... 0-2
For safe operation ................................................................
... 0-2 Laser product .............................................................................
... 0-4
Reference symbols ..............................................................
... 0-2

(8,1)
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

GUID-D8FFB8FA-A072-42AA-8D6D-9FEA0AD9B6F9
SAFETY INFORMATION
GUID-E215E2CD-5877-46AC-B4EF-5D0B6683FCA9
This manual uses special words, symbols and NOTE: This system is primarily designed to help you
icons, organized by function. Indicates items that help you understand reach your destination, and it also performs
Please refer to the following items and familiarize and maximize the performance of your other functions as outlined in this manual.
yourself with them. vehicle. If ignored, they may lead to a However, you, the driver, must use the system
malfunction or poor performance. safely and properly. Information concerning road
FOR SAFE GUID-AF356C63-BA5E-4B54-878D-6D8BA7D7E683
OPERATION conditions, traffic signs and the availability of
services may not always be up-to-date. The
WARNING REFERENCE SYMBOLS
system is not a substitute for safe, proper and
GUID-A9CE57CF-4F6A-454A-9EF8-91C4E396725F legal driving.
This is used to indicate the presence of INFO: Before using the navigation system, please read
a hazard that could cause death or the following safety information. Always use the
serious personal injury. To avoid or This indicates information that is necessary for system as outlined in this manual.
reduce the risk, the procedures must efficient use of your vehicle or accessories.
be followed precisely. Reference page: WARNING
This indicates the title and page that you should
. When the driver wants to operate
refer to.
CAUTION the navigation system, first park the
[ ]: vehicle in a safe location and set the
This is used to indicate the presence of This indicates a key/item displayed on the parking brake. Operating the sys-
a hazard that could cause minor or screen. tem while driving can distract the
moderate personal injury or damage to Voice Command:
driver and may result in a serious
your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, accident.
the procedures must be followed care- This indicates an operation by voice command. . Do not rely on route guidance alone.
fully. Always be sure that all driving
maneuvers are legal and safe in
order to avoid accidents.
. Do not disassemble or modify this
system. If you do, it may result in
accidents, fire or electrical shock.
0-2 Introduction

(9,1)
. If you notice any foreign objects in INFO: A cellular phone capable of text
the system hardware, spill liquid on messaging must be used to receive
Do not keep the navigation system running with
the system or notice smoke or a text message regarding vehicle
the READY to drive indicator light is OFF. Doing
smell coming from it, stop using the charge status.
so may discharge the 12-volt battery. When you
system immediately and contact a . When the remote heater and air condi-
use the navigation system, always make sure the
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. tioner is set, the system operates the
READY to drive indicator light is ON.
Ignoring such conditions may lead heater and air conditioner to adjust the
to accidents, fire or electrical shock. NOTE: in-cabin temperature to a set tempera-
. Establishing the CARWINGSTM service ture.
is necessary before using this service. . When the charge connector is discon-
CAUTION . To check the Li-ion battery charging nected from the vehicle, the heater and
status or to use the remote heater and air conditioner operates using vehicle
. Do not use this system if you notice air conditioner using an internet en- Li-ion battery electric power.
any malfunctions such as a frozen abled smart phone or personal compu- . If the remote heater and air conditioner
screen or the lack of sound. Con- ter, the following conditions must be function and Li-ion battery charging are
tinued use of the system may result met: performed at the same time, Li-ion
in accidents, fire or electrical shock. battery charging will take longer than
The vehicle must be located in a
. Some jurisdictions may have laws cellular phone or smart phone cov- usual due to the power used to heat or
limiting the use of video screens erage area. cool the vehicle.
while driving. Use this system only The internet enabled cellular phone . Certain remote functions require a
where it is legal to do so. or smart phone must be located in a compatible smart phone, which is not
. Extreme temperature conditions cellular phone or smart phone cov- included with vehicle.
[below 48F (208C) and above erage area. . CARWINGSTM information system fea-
1588F (708C)] could affect the per- The computer must be connected to tures are included through a subscrip-
formance of the system. the internet. tion service which requires owner
consent to activate. The subscription
A cellular phone must be used to
must be active to use these features.
communicate with the vehicle.
Introduction 0-3

(10,1)
LASER PRODUCT
GUID-415B0FE3-387A-46ED-8CD5-D088A6D68506
TM This navigation system is certified as a Class 1
. CARWINGS communications may be
received at a verified e-mail address or laser product.
by SMS/text messaging-enabled cellu- The navigation system complies with DHHS
lar phone. Rules 21 CFR Chapter 1, Subchapter J.
. Standard text rates and/or data usage
may apply depending on your carrier. WARNING
. Do not disassemble or modify this
system. There are no user service-
able parts in this navigation system.
. If maintenance, adjustments and
operations other than those speci-
fied in this manual are attempted,
injury due to laser radiation and
exposure could occur.
Required SiriusXM Satellite

Radio and NavTraffic monthly
subscriptions are sold sepa-
rately. NavTraffic are only avail-
able in select markets. For more
information,
see www.siriusxm.com/navtraffic.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio requires
subscription, sold separately.
Not available in Alaska, Hawaii
or Guam. For more information,
visit www.siriusxm.com.
Bluetooth is a trademark owned
by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and
licensed to Clarion.
0-4 Introduction

(11,1)
LEAF Navigation System overview
Features of LEAF Navigation System ..................................

... IT-2
Unique EV functions ..........................................................
... IT-2
Telematics service ...............................................................
... IT-4

(12,1)
FEATURES OF LEAF NAVIGATION

SYSTEM GUID-C1E94787-C20D-485E-9C40-4818016AE406
UNIQUE EVGUID-CEF08A3C-AF6B-4CAA-BAD5-038F8048F2BB
FUNCTIONS By pressing the button on the steering INFO:
wheel, you can display the estimated one way
In addition to the conventional navigation func- Charging station information is updated monthly
range that the vehicle can be driven from the
tions, the LEAF navigation system also offers to add newly installed charging stations loca-
current location based on the amount of
specific support for driving an EV. tions.
remaining battery charge. When a destination
or a waypoint has been set, the driving area will
CAUTION be displayed with the destination or waypoint in
the center.
Charging station information may not Displaying estimated driving range
be detailed in all areas or reflect current (page 2-3)
charging station locations. For up to
Charging stations located within the driving area
date information about charging sta-
will also be displayed. By moving the map, you
tions, such as business hours or char- LNB0002X
can set a charging station as a destination or
ging equipment, NISSAN recommends
waypoint. Icons for charging stations can be displayed on
that you directly access the information
Setting a charging station as destination the map. You can also display only charging
on your own. Additionally, always check
(page 2-4) stations that are equipped with quick charge
the remaining amount of battery charge
and set a reasonable driving schedule. Charging station information devices or only charging stations that are
GUID-932A3C1F-88AF-492E-83B6-4D0D96ACA139
equipped with normal charge devices.
NOTE: Displaying charging station icons on map
Driving range display
GUID-FE3BDCC7-35E3-4C03-BEEB-E52F4BD5E633 Charging stations that have been searched (page 2-5)
for using this function are not necessarily
equipped with devices that can be used to
charge a LEAF. Be sure to confirm this in
advance before setting a charging station
as the destination.
LNB0001X LNB0003X
IT-2 LEAF Navigation System overview

(13,1)
You can search for charging stations near the Energy information display
GUID-81B37644-41AB-483C-B9E7-278045443069
Timer functions
GUID-9BEE7F55-9A24-49C3-BC86-959B8943CE3B
current location, set a charging station as a
destination or waypoint, and check detailed
information about charging stations.
Finding charging station (page 3-25)
LNB0006X LND0212X
Estimated driving range, average energy econ- Charging of the Li-ion battery will automatically
omy and instant energy economy are displayed. start at a scheduled time according to the start
LNB0004X Viewing energy economy information time, end time and day of the week set. The
(page 2-8) timer charge function allows two different timer
When connecting to the NISSAN CARWINGS settings. Each timer charge can be set to
Data Center, the system will periodically perform activate on a different day of the week. If no
an automatic update of information for charging timer is set, the charge will start immediately
stations near your home. The system will also after connecting the charge connector.
automatically update information for charging Setting timer charge (page 2-10)
stations near the current vehicle location when
the Li-ion battery charge is low. You can also
manually update the charging stations around
LNB0005X
your current vehicle location at any time.
Updating charging station information Estimated driving range and energy usage of
(page 2-7) various systems are displayed. Also, variation of
the estimated driving distances between the
climate control ON and OFF is displayed. LNB0037X
Viewing energy usage information
(page 2-9) The air conditioner starts to operate at the time
of day and day of the week specified in the
LEAF Navigation System overview IT-3

(14,1)
settings. This pre cools or heats the passenger The internet enabled cellular phone . Certain remote functions require a
compartment before starting to drive. Electric or smart phone must be located in a compatible smart phone, which is not
power consumption from the Li-ion battery cellular phone or smart phone cov- included with vehicle.
resulting from heater and air conditioner opera- erage area. . CARWINGSTM information system fea-
tion can be reduced because the temperature in The computer must be connected to tures are included through a subscrip-
the passenger compartment is adjusted before the internet. tion service which requires owner
starting to drive. A cellular phone must be used to consent to activate. The subscription
Setting Climate Ctrl. Timer (page 2-12) communicate with the vehicle. must be active to use these features.
TELEMATICS SERVICE A cellular phone capable of text . CARWINGSTM communications may be
GUID-83BF17CD-9518-4EAD-A43A-430AE307EBD7
messaging must be used to receive received at a verified e-mail address or
This vehicle incorporates a communication
text message regarding vehicle by SMS/text messaging-enabled cellu-
device that is called a TCU (Telematics Com-
charge status. lar phone.
munication Unit). The communication connec-
. When the remote heater and air condi- . Standard text rates and/or data usage
tion between this unit and the NISSAN
tioner is set, the system operates the may apply depending on your carrier.
CARWINGS Data Center allows for various
services. heater and air conditioner to adjust the
in-cabin temperature to a set tempera-
NOTE: ture. Remote functions
GUID-885EE742-03E5-4B2F-A435-557125B40724
. Establishing the CARWINGSTM service . When the charge connector is discon-
is necessary before using this service. nected from the vehicle, the heater and
. To check the Li-ion battery charging air conditioner operates using vehicle
status or to use the remote heater and Li-ion battery electric power.
air conditioner using an internet en- . If the remote heater and air conditioner
abled smart phone or personal compu- function and Li-ion battery charging are
ter, the following conditions must be performed at the same time, Li-ion
met: battery charging will take longer than
The vehicle must be located in a usual due to the power used to heat or
cellular phone or smart phone cov- cool the vehicle.
LNB0009X
erage area.
When an Internet connection is available, you

(15,1)
can use a personal computer or an Internet- order to remind you to connect the charging Navigation Telematics (CAR-
enabled smart phone to check the battery status connector. WINGSTM service)
GUID-AE9D9BC3-84F3-41B7-9FA0-1786ADB897BB
and operate battery charging or the heater/air . Approximately 5 minutes after the Li-ion
conditioner remotely from another location. battery warmer starts operating while the
Battery status check: power switch is in the OFF position and the
The status of the battery can be checked using charging cable is not connected to the
your personal computer or a internet enabled vehicle.
smart phone even if you are not in the vehicle. . Approximately 5 minutes after the Li-ion
You may also choose to have SMS messages battery warmer stops operating due to low
(text messages) sent to a cellular phone. remaining Li-ion battery power while the LNB0052X
power switch is in the OFF position and the
Unplugged status, Charge status: charging cable is not connected to the When the system connects to the NISSAN
By registering frequently used charging stations, vehicle. CARWINGS Data Center, charging station
notifications can be sent to your personal information will be automatically updated and
computer or cellular phone email address to NOTE: you can receive useful information for driving
inform you when the charging connector is . The remaining Li-ion battery power your vehicle.
disconnected or charging is stopped mid- lowers gradually while the Li-ion bat-
tery warmer is operating without con- Automatic update of charging stations:
charge at those locations.
necting the charging connector. The information for the charging stations that is
Remote charge, Remote climate control: recorded in the map data is automatically
Remote activation of battery charging or climate . When the remaining Li-ion battery updated.
control can be set using your personal computer power lowers, the Li-ion battery war-
mer stops operating. When this occurs, All Information Feeds:
or a internet enabled smart phone.
the Li-ion battery temperature lowers Convenient information for driving such as
Li-ion battery warmer status: gradually, and as a result the EV weather and traffic information, ECO information
When ambient temperature is low, the Li-ion system may be disabled. shared with the LEAF users, etc. is provided.
battery warmer operates automatically.
Favorites:
Notifications will be sent to the e-mail address When the information of an Internet site is
you have registered on the NISSAN CARW- selected and it is stored in the page that is
INGS Data Center the following conditions in specially established in the NISSAN Owners
LEAF Navigation System overview IT-5

(16,1)
Portal Website, the information is converted into

an appropriate format via the NISSAN CARW-
INGS Data Center and provided for use in the
vehicle. The content of the information is
automatically read out. For the registration
method of information data, visit the NISSAN
Owners Portal Website.

(17,1)
1 Getting Started
Control buttons and functions ................................................

... 1-2 Menu screen .......................................................................
... 1-9
Control panel ........................................................................
... 1-2 Status screen ...................................................................
... 1-10
Steering wheel switches ....................................................
... 1-4 FMAM radio screen .......................................................
... 1-10
USB connector and Auxiliary input jack ........................ ... 1-4 SiriusXM Satellite Radio screen .................................
... 1-10
Start-up screen ..........................................................................
... 1-5 CDAUX screen ...............................................................
... 1-10
Functions disabled while driving ............................................
... 1-6 Items to be set initially ..........................................................
... 1-11
Basic operation ..........................................................................
... 1-7 Subscription to CARWINGSTM service.................... ... 1-11
Selecting item .......................................................................
... 1-7 Inputting user ID and password .................................
... 1-11
Adjusting volume and others ............................................
... 1-7 Storing home location ...................................................
... 1-12
Scrolling message or list ...................................................
... 1-7 Connecting cellular phone ...........................................
... 1-13
How to input letters and numbers ..................................
... 1-7 Display adjustment .........................................................
... 1-14
Viewing display screens...........................................................
... 1-9 Volume settings ...............................................................
... 1-16
Map screen ............................................................................
... 1-9 Clock settings ..................................................................
... 1-16
Zero Emission menu screen .............................................
... 1-9 Language and unit settings ..........................................
... 1-17

(18,1)
CONTROL BUTTONS AND

FUNCTIONSGUID-A9E6F207-4B16-4522-84EB-16B8F6F3D435
CONTROL PANEL
GUID-F61A5004-3170-4638-BADF-9BE57D108E56
*
1 FMAM button:
Push to switch between the FM the AM radio
bands.
*2 XM button:
Push to switch to an SiriusXM satellite radio
band.
*3 CDAUX button:
Push to switch between USB memory/iPod
player/CD/Bluetooth streaming audio/AUX/
Pandora (if so equipped) screens.
*4 VOL (Volume control) button:
Push to adjust the volume of the audio system.
*5 (Audio system ONOFF) button:
Push to turn the audio system on or off.
*6 Monitor:
*7 MAP button/VOICE button:
Push to display the current location map screen.
Push and hold to repeat voice guidance.
*8 MENU button:
Push to display the setting menu (destination,
route, information, settings, phone and CAR-
WINGSTM) screen.
LNC0185X *9 STATUS button:
Push to display the current status of the climate
control, radio, audio, vehicle information (driving
range and average energy economy) and naviga-
tion systems.
*10 TUNE SEEK CH button:
Push to select a track/station. Push and hold to
search for a track/station automatically or to fast-
1-2 Getting Started

(19,1)
forward/rewind when listening to music. NOTE: . The SD card may be hot when it is removed
*
11 (Zero Emission menu) button: Do not remove the SD card containing map from the device. This does not indicate a
Push to display the menu screen where several data that is inserted in the right-hand slot. malfunction.
useful functions for electric vehicle driving are When this SD card containing map data is
available. removed the navigation system will not Opening/Closing monitor
GUID-5EA31989-EF80-4583-A6DD-2A7730FC07B1
*12 (Day/Night) button: operate. If the SD card containing map
Push to switch between the day screen (bright) data is accidentally removed, after rein-
and the night screen (dark). Push and hold to turn serting the SD card containing map data
off the display. Push again to turn on the display.
into the right-hand slot, place the power
*13 CAMERA button (if so equipped):
switch in the OFF position and then place
Push to switch to the Around View Monitor
back in the ON position again.
screen.
9. Monitor system
*
14 OPEN/TILT button:
Push to open the monitor to access the CD slot
INFO:
and the SD card slot. Push and hold to adjust the
LNC0002X
monitor angle. . Never remove the SD card while the monitor
*15 CD slot is opening or closing or the angle of the Open the monitor to insert/eject a CD or an SD
*16 (CD eject) button: monitor is being adjusted. Doing so may card.
Push to eject a CD. damage or deform the SD card.
*17 SD card slot: . Never insert foreign objects such as coins CAUTION
Remove the cover to access the SD card slot. into the SD card slot. Doing so may result in
Insert an SD card. Push the inserted SD card in a malfunction of the device. . Be careful not to pinch your hand or
and release it to eject the SD card from the slot.
. Be careful not to drop the cover for the SD fingers while the monitor is moving
An SD card containing map data is provided with
the vehicle and is inserted in the right hand slot of card slot into the gap of the monitor. Doing to its open or closed position. This
the system. To transfer the data, insert an SD so may result in a malfunction of the device. may cause injury to your hand or
card in the left side slot. . Do not apply overload to the SD card when fingers.
Transferring information to/from address inserting it to the slot. Doing so may result in . Do not force the monitor to open or
book (page 3-70)
a malfunction of the device. close. Doing so may damage the
monitor.
Getting Started 1-3

(20,1)
When the OPEN/TILT button is pushed while STEERING GUID-1B7CD1C1-5D48-4964-8816-2649513B59D0

WHEEL SWITCHES hold to cancel the voice command.
the monitor is closed, the monitor will open.
When the OPEN/TILT button is pushed while USB CONNECTOR AND AUXILIARY
the monitor is open, the monitor will close. INPUT JACK
GUID-E9AC7D61-BCC2-48F6-87C6-43CA8EAE0D5D
Adjusting monitor angle

GUID-70250B88-1870-4B52-8413-DA98961B27D8
LNC0004X
*
1 (Driving range) button:
Push to display the driving range screen. Push LNC0005X
again to return to the previous screen.
LNC0003X Displaying estimated driving range *1 USB connector:
(page 2-3) Connect to play an iPod, an iPhone or a USB
memory.
The angle of the monitor can be adjusted to *
2 SOURCE button:
select from 3 different preset angles. Once the Use to switch the audio mode (source). *
2 Auxiliary input jack:
angle of the monitor is selected and stored in the SOURCE button (page 4-23) Connect an audio player that accepts a 1/4 inch
(3.5 mm) TRS connector (such as an MP3 player
system, the selected angle is always set after *
3 (PHONE) button:
etc.) to play back music.
performing the open/close operation of the Push to display the hands-free phone operation
monitor. screen.
Push and hold the OPEN/TILT button until a *
4 - + (Volume control) button:
chime sounds. When the button is released, the Allows you to adjust the volume.
next preset angle will be selected. Continue this *
5 (TALK) button:
procedure until the preferred angle is obtained. Push to enter the voice recognition mode.
Push to read a received text message.
*
6 (CANCEL) button:
Push to return to the previous screen. Push and
1-4 Getting Started

(21,1)
START-UP SCREEN
GUID-F7A7E93C-1CA4-4F06-A2C8-03063B07BE78
INFO: . If other buttons such as the MAP

button or MENU button etc., are
. The setting can be changed from [Vehicle
pressed without [OK] or [Decline] being
Data Transmission Setting] in CAR-
touched, the corresponding screen will
WINGSTM setting.
be displayed and operations can be
CARWINGSTM settings (page 5-12)
performed. However, if the CAR-
. If you do not select [OK], vehicle data will WINGS TM function is selected, the
not be stored in the NISSAN CARWINGS start-up screen will be displayed again.
Data Center and you will not be able to
check it via the NISSAN Owners Portal
LNC0090X Website.
1. The system starts when the power switch is Also, if [Share Vehicle Information] is set to
pushed to the ACC or ON position. The OFF, vehicle data will not be uploaded.
start-up screen is displayed. Make sure that this setting is ON.
When [Service Reminder] is set to ON,
communication with the NISSAN CARW-
INGS Data Center will be performed once
daily. NISSAN recommends that you set
[Service Reminder] to ON.
NOTE:
LNC0194X . Navigation functions, audio, hands-free
phone, vehicle information display, etc.
2. Check the message that is displayed on the
can still be operated even if [Decline] is
screen and touch [OK].
touched. However, if the CARWINGSTM
Subject to the selected items, a different function is selected, the start-up screen
indication may be displayed at subsequent will be displayed again.
times. The set-up screen will be displayed
again after a given period of time.
Getting Started 1-5

(22,1)
FUNCTIONS DISABLED WHILE

DRIVING GUID-96075C82-A5BC-42F2-A4C5-DF0BB2863C3F
To ensure safe driving, some functions cannot
be operated or have limited operation while the
vehicle driving speed is above 5 mph (8 km/h).
The on-screen text and keys for these restricted
functions will be "grayed-out" or muted and
cannot be selected while driving. In some cases,
a screen message will appear indicating a
restricted function.
Restricted functions while driving include:
. Character (letter and number) input screen
during destination entry (street address,
point of interest, phone number, freeway
entrance/exit, intersection, city center)
. Setting route condition after setting destina-
tion
. Scrolling and viewing of certain navigation
list
. Displaying detail information and touching
item on the information screen
. Adding/editing home location
. Adding/editing address book entries
LNC0197X . Editing current route
. Storing current position, information, desti-
nation
. Displaying charging station information
. Registering cellular phones
1-6 Getting Started

(23,1)
BASIC OPERATION
GUID-4C9DAF3C-E715-4A6B-AE42-1F26E142A968
. Making a call by dial number and handset Examples of operations performed using the SCROLLINGGUID-61F59C45-775A-499D-8F59-D484F7E6F12A
MESSAGE or LIST
phonebook touch panel operation are described here.
. Setting phone, CARWINGSTM and Blue- SELECTINGGUID-95BA168E-58CE-49B9-BD55-B4571D8D40DB
ITEM
tooth functions
These functions will become available again
when the vehicle speed is reduced to 5 mph (8
km/h).
Destination functions available while driving
include: LNC0008X
. Home Touch [ ] or [ ] to scroll the message or list.
. Nearby Charging Stations LNC0198X
Touch [ ] or [ ] to skip to the next page.
. Address Book
When the item is touched, the next screen is
. Previous Destinations HOW TO INPUT LETTERS AND
displayed.
. Nearby Points of Interest NUMBERS GUID-95CCE032-178B-4697-8BFB-8BB9856AFD9C
. Stored Routes ADJUSTINGGUID-7511E082-9116-41D3-90B0-85329BDCEE4D
VOLUME AND OTHERS
Character (letters and numbers) in-
. Map input put screen GUID-196958C8-CFF3-44F0-A73E-462648A7A1C4
Alphanumeric characters are entered to set a
destination, search for a facility, edit stored
locations, etc.
LNC0007X
Touch [+] or [-] located on the right and left of

the bar graph to perform the adjustment.
LNC0009X
Getting Started 1-7

(24,1)
1. Touch a character on the displayed key- INFO: 1. Touch a number on the displayed keyboard.
board. The selected character is entered. . The list screen appears automatically The selected number is entered.
when text has been entered and the
matching list items have been narrowed
down to a number that will fit on the
screen.
. Symbol keys are displayed by touching
[Symbols]. Alphabet keys are displayed
by touching [A-Z].
LNC0010X LNC0013X
Phone number input screen
GUID-FA3A6354-BEA7-42D7-ABE8-2275E8C496AD
2. Touch [Delete] to delete the last character Perform the following procedure to enter a 2. Touch [Delete] to delete the last number
entered. number. entered.
Touch and hold [Delete] to delete all the Touch and hold [Delete] to delete all the
characters entered. INFO: numbers entered.
Touch [Space] to enter a space.
Only the locations included in the map data
database can be searched for by a phone
number.
LNC0014X
LNC0011X
3. After finishing the entry, touch [List].
3. After finishing the entry, touch [List].
LNC0012X
1-8 Getting Started

(25,1)
VIEWING DISPLAY SCREENS

GUID-9A8A778F-3C53-402C-A590-0BE9454BF9A5
This system allows you to set various functions ZERO EMISSION MENU SCREEN Available options:
GUID-0C204352-25D9-4E12-8C94-043DA9090BE6
and check information on the screen that is
. [Destination]:
displayed by pushing each button located on the
There are several methods you can use to
control panel.
set your destination. Understand the advan-
MAP SCREEN
GUID-1A4E9331-6885-465B-A6C3-0CF6C0525B3F
tages of each method and select the best
method for finding and setting your destina-
tion.
Setting destination (page 3-17)
LND0153X . [Route]:
During route guidance, you can modify the
Push the (Zero Emission menu) button to
route conditions or confirm the route in-
display the menu screen where several useful
formation. Set the appropriate route condi-
functions for electric vehicle driving can be set.
LNC0015X tion according to your purpose.
Select a preferred menu and touch an item to be
Route guidance (page 3-39)
When the MAP button is pushed, a map screen set.
2. Unique EV functions . [Info]:
where the vehicle position is centered is This screen allows you to set or view various
displayed. MENU SCREEN information that is helpful for using the
GUID-D5BE891E-D0A0-4773-97BC-7492264EEE05
When the map is moved or the MAP button is vehicle safely and comfortably.
pushed while the menu screen is displayed, a 6. Viewing technical information
map indicating the current vehicle position is . [Settings]:
displayed. Various useful information for driving The system can be customized to make it
is shown on the map screen. easier for you to use.
Map settings (page 3-3)
. [Phone]:
Useful functions for the Bluetooth Hands-
LNC0186X Free Phone System can be set.
Phone settings (page 7-9)
When the MENU button is pushed, the menu
screen is displayed. Select a preferred menu
and touch an item to be set.
Getting Started 1-9

(26,1)
. [CARWINGS]: FMAM RADIO SCREEN

GUID-F18B130E-F474-4E1B-B8A7-AFA62A4EA4EC
FM-AM-SAT radio operation (page 4-11)
Information feeds are displayed and settings
CDAUX SCREEN
for CARWINGSTM can be performed. GUID-50077224-4B9F-4058-BE80-9C925824B7C3
5. CARWINGSTM
STATUS SCREEN
GUID-C59D9F23-051C-4909-840F-9659DFB5FE6E
LNC0018X
Push the FMAM button to turn on the radio and LNC0020X

display the radio screen. Push the switch to
Push the CDAUX button to turn on the audio
toggle the radio mode: AM?FM1?FM2.
system and display the audio screen. Push the
LNC0017X FM-AM-SAT radio operation (page 4-11)
CDAUX button to toggle the mode: iPod
Push the STATUS button to display the current SiriusXM SATELLITE RADIO player *1 /USB memory/Pandora *1*2 ?CD?
status of the navigation system. SCREEN GUID-EDED61A6-8D25-4ADA-A44A-36AFCBA043FE Bluetooth streaming audio*1?AUX.
Each time the STATUS button is pushed, *1 Screen only displays when a device capable of
playback is connected.
displayed information is switched in the order
*2 The Pandora is only available in U.S.
of climate control, vehicle information and
navigation route information.
Compact Disc (CD) player operation
There are different status screens displayed
(page 4-13)
depending on various factors, such as the
iPod player operation (page 4-15)
currently active mode, whether a destination
USB memory operation (page 4-18)
has been set or not, etc. LNC0019X
Bluetooth streaming audio (page 4-10)
Push the XM button to turn on the satellite radio Auxiliary input jack (page 4-22)
and display the SiriusXM Satellite Radio screen. Pandora operation (page 4-16)
Push the switch to toggle the radio mode:
XM1?XM2?XM3.
1-10 Getting Started

(27,1)
ITEMS TO BE SET INITIALLY

GUID-811B4F8E-8E41-435D-BA44-76204FB0B276
The settings included in this section should be 1. Push the (Zero Emission menu) button
performed before using the system for the first and touch [CARWINGS].
time.
2. Touch [CARWINGS Settings].
SUBSCRIPTION TO CARWINGSTM 3. Touch [Sign in].
SERVICE GUID-79859816-B70D-4DAD-AB81-2CEDA8C9C449
It is necessary to subscribe to CARWINGSTM in
order to use the CARWINGSTM service. For the LNC0093X
details about the subscription, visit the NISSAN
Owners Portal Website or contact a NISSAN 6. Touch [Password]. The password input
certified LEAF dealer. screen is displayed.
INPUTTING USER ID AND PASS-
LNC0023X
WORD GUID-E4FFEB78-D420-4E1D-8312-A4993AD0642D
User registration is required before using the 4. Touch [User ID]. The user ID input screen is
CARWINGSTM service. CARWINGSTM is a displayed.
service that provides various types of informa-
tion by communicating with the NISSAN
CARWINGS Data Center. Access the NISSAN
LNC0025X
Owners Portal Website before starting the
service. Confirm the terms of service and 7. Enter your password and touch [OK]. Return
complete the user registration form. After to the previous screen.
registration is completed, a user ID and pass-
word are provided.
LNC0024X
Inputting procedure
GUID-05073FE6-9D14-44B9-A85C-E3DA080DF2B3 5. Enter the user ID and touch [OK]. Return to
Enter the user ID and password in the system by the previous screen.
preforming the following procedure.
Getting Started 1-11

(28,1)
Website and obtain an ID again. STORING HOME LOCATION

GUID-18F9446E-22F6-4B69-B465-63E96AFC7E1D
. The setting of the ID and password is only If your home location is already stored in the
required during initial registration. However, Address Book, it can be easily retrieved to set
it is recommended to regularly change the the route to your home. The procedure to store
password. For details about how to receive your home location is the same as for storing any
a new password, refer to the NISSAN other location.
Owners Portal Website.
As an example, the procedure for storing your
LNC0026X . When selling your vehicle, be sure to delete home location by searching for a destination by
the ID and password in the registration map is described here.
8. Touch [Send ID and password]. A confirma-
screen. To delete the user ID and the
tion message is displayed. 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Destina-
password, touch [Clear ID and Password].
9. Confirm the contents of the message, then tion].
. The CARWINGSTM service uses the TCU
touch [Yes]. It takes approximately 30 (Telematics Communication Unit) which is
seconds to send the information. The like a cellular. Even if the signal strength bar
system connects to the NISSAN CARW- of the TCU indicates good reception, con-
INGS Data Center, and then the CAR- nection to the NISSAN CARWINGS Data
WINGSTM service can then be used. Center may be disabled. This does not
indicate a malfunction. Operate the system
INFO: again after a few minutes.
. The following can be used when inputting a . The CARWINGSTM service cannot be used LNC0199X
user ID or password: letters of the alphanu- under the following conditions:
2. Touch [Home]. A confirmation message is
meric characters, symbols, + , - , # , / , . The vehicle moves outside the service displayed.
(period), _ (underscore), @, etc. area of the TCU connection to the
. The ID that is registered to the vehicle is system.
required to match the ID that is obtained The vehicle is in a location with poor
from the NISSAN Owners Portal Website in signal reception such as a tunnel, under-
order to activate the system. If the IDs do not ground parking, behind a building or in a
match, the system cannot be activated. in mountainous area.
this case visit the NISSAN Owners Portal

(29,1)
INFO:
You can also perform the same setting by
pushing the MENU button and selecting [Set-
tings].
Storing location (page 3-38)
CONNECTING CELLULAR PHONE
GUID-0E418F5B-07F0-4047-977C-447142C17340
LNC0200X LNC0030X Your vehicle is equipped with Bluetooth
Hands-Free Phone System. If you are an owner
3. Confirm the contents of the message, then 5. If necessary, adjust your home location by
of a compatible Bluetooth enabled cellular
touch [Yes]. touch panel operation.
phone, you can set up the wireless connection
6. After adjusting the location, touch [OK]. A between your cellular phone and the in-vehicle
message is displayed and your home loca- phone module. With Bluetooth wireless tech-
tion is stored in the Address Book. nology, you can make or receive a telephone call
with your cellular phone in your pocket.
LNC0029X
4. Touch [Map]. The current location map

screen is displayed.
LNC0031X
LNI0134X
7. Adjust the location of a stored item and edit
the contents of a stored item as necessary. 1. Push the button and touch [Pair Phone].
8. Touch [OK] to return to the Destination
screen.

(30,1)
INFO: Available settings

The cellular phone connection can also be set . [Display]:
by performing the following procedure. Turn on or off the screen.
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set- Display (page 1-14)
tings]. . [Brightness]:
2. Touch [Bluetooth]. Adjust the screen brightness.
Brightness (page 1-15)
LNC0033X 3. Touch [Connect Bluetooth].
. [Contrast]:
2. When a PIN code appears on the screen, DISPLAY ADJUSTMENT Adjust the screen contrast.
GUID-6BF6BB79-7BC5-47FC-AE67-09BC1505C4C5
operate the compatible Bluetooth cellular This menu turns on and off the display and Contrast (page 1-15)
phone to enter the PIN code. adjusts the image quality of the navigation . [Background Color]:
The procedure for cellular phone connection screen. Set the background color.
varies according to each cellular phone. Background color (page 1-15)
Refer to the cellular phone Owners Manual
for the details. Display GUID-7C252615-E2C6-447B-8887-BFBEBB0E6F12
You can also visit www.nissanusa.com/blue-

tooth or call NISSAN Consumer Affairs
Department for instructions on pairing
NISSAN recommended cellular phones.
When the connection process is completed, LNC0034X
the screen will return to the Phone menu
screen. 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set-
tings]. LNC0035X
Some cellular phones or other devices may
cause interference or a buzzing noise to 2. Touch [Display]. To turn off the display, touch [Display].
come from the audio system speakers. 3. Touch the preferred adjustment item and The display can also be turned off by pushing
Storing the device in a different location adjust to the preferred setting. and holding the button for more than 2
may reduce or eliminate the noise. seconds.

(31,1)
Contrast GUID-D109E07C-6E82-4966-A2BF-B086F27D282D
LNC0036X LNC0040X
Day screen
When any button is pushed with the display off, LNC0038X
the display turns on. The display will automati- 1. Touch [Contrast].
cally turn off when there is no switch operation
for 5 seconds. 2. Adjust the display contrast by touching [+]
or [-].
To turn on the display, push the button.
BackgroundGUID-E394FC85-8919-4E4D-A990-4DCE6F6F5100
color
Brightness GUID-2879B020-3DC2-405E-82FA-E10F80586C2C
LNC0041X
Night screen
INFO:
The background color setting can also be
changed by pushing the button.
LNC0039X
LNC0037X
1. Touch [Background Color].
1. Touch [Brightness].
2. Touch [Day] or [Night]. The indicator of the
2. Adjust the display brightness by touching selected color illuminates.
[+] or [-].

(32,1)
VOLUME SETTINGS
GUID-210F184A-892E-4546-8D2A-0868DA7C4F52
. [Incoming Call]: CLOCK SETTINGS
GUID-6FB05DB7-7A72-4B43-A7A5-4796C1370711
This turns on and off, as well as adjusts, the Adjust the incoming call volume by touching This changes the clock settings.
phone function (ringer, incoming and outgoing [+] or [-].
volume), the voice guide function and the beep . [Outgoing Call]:
function. Adjust the outgoing call volume by touching
[+] or [-].
. [CARWINGS Volume]:
Adjust the volume level of the CAR-
WINGSTM information channel by touching
[+] or [-]. LNC0043X
. [Switch Beeps]:
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set-
Select to toggle the beep function between
LNC0042X tings].
ON and OFF. The indicator light illuminates
when the beep function is set to ON. The 2. Touch [Others].
beep sounds when pushing and holding a 3. Touch [Clock].
tings].
button or when a prohibited operation is 4. Touch the item you would like to adjust.
2. Touch [Volume & Beeps]. performed.
5. Adjust the preferred setting. Touch the item
3. Touch the item you would like to adjust. . [Guidance Voice]:
to set ON or OFF.
Available settings Select to toggle the voice guidance function
between ON and OFF. The indicator light Available settings
. [Audio Volume]:
illuminates when the voice guidance func- . [On-screen Clock]:
Adjust the volume level of the audio system
tion is set to ON. Select to toggle the clock display located in
by touching [+] or [-].
the top right corner of the display between
. [Guidance Volume]:
ON and OFF. The indicator light illuminates
Adjust the volume level of voice guidance by when the clock display is set to ON.
touching [+] or [-].
. [Clock Format (24h)]:
. [Ringtone]:
Select the clock format between 12-hour
Adjust the volume level of the ringtone by and 24-hour times. The indicator light

(33,1)
illuminates when the clock is set to the 24- Language settings

GUID-156161A7-0FF9-43D8-A93F-D698B21DD9CB
Available languages
hour format. . English
. [Offset (hour)]: . Franc ais
Touch [+] or [] to adjust the offset value . Espan ol
(between 12 and +12).
. [Offset (min)]: INFO:
Touch [+] or [] to adjust the offset value
(between 59 and +59). Do not push power switch while changing the
LNC0044X language.
. [Daylight Savings Time]:
Select to toggle the daylight savings time 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set-
Unit settings
GUID-D5F5F04F-B331-4D52-AB86-F6014727C6F5
setting between ON and OFF. The indicator tings].
light illuminates when the daylight savings
time setting is set to ON. 2. Touch [Others].
. [Time Zone]: 3. Touch [Language & Units].
Select an appropriate time zone from the list 4. Touch [Select Language].
that appears when this item is highlighted.
LANGUAGEGUID-D7E9171E-3B1C-414A-AD30-925AD34D89F6
AND UNIT SETTINGS
LNC0046X
This changes the language and measurement
unit used in the system. 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set-
tings].
2. Touch [Others].
LNC0189X 3. Touch [Language & Units].
4. Touch [Select Units].
5. Touch the item you would like to set. The
indicator light of the selected item illumi-
nates.

(34,1)
LNC0047X
5. Touch the preferred unit. The indicator of the

selected unit illuminates.
Available units
. US: mile, 8F, mile/kWh
. Metric: km, 8C, km/kWh
6. Push the MAP button to return to the

current location map screen.

(35,1)
2 Unique EV functions
Zero Emission menu screen ...................................................

... 2-2 Viewing energy economy history ...................................
... 2-9
Displaying estimated driving range and charging Viewing energy usage information ................................
... 2-9
station information .....................................................................
... 2-3 Timer function operation ......................................................
... 2-10
Displaying estimated driving range .................................
... 2-3 Setting timer charge ......................................................
... 2-10
Displaying charging station icons on map .................... ... 2-5 Setting Climate Ctrl. Timer ...........................................
... 2-12
Confirming charging station availability ..........................
... 2-6 Unique EV function settings ................................................
... 2-14
Updating charging station information ...........................
... 2-7 Setting messages that are displayed on screen .... ... 2-15
Energy information display.......................................................
... 2-8 Battery and power information ....................................
... 2-16
Viewing energy economy information .............................
... 2-8

(36,1)
ZERO EMISSION MENU SCREEN

GUID-C21D2150-F7F0-4C39-BE4B-58106A8753F0
Push the (Zero Emission menu) button to . [Energy Info]: NOTE:
display the menu that includes useful functions Energy information is displayed on the . Establishing the CARWINGSTM service
for electric vehicle driving. screen. is necessary before using this service.
Energy information display . To check the Li-ion battery charging
(page 2-8) status or to use the remote heater and
. [Charging Timer]: air conditioner using an internet en-
The timer charge function can be set. abled smart phone or personal compu-
Setting timer charge (page 2-10) ter, the following conditions must be
. [Climate Ctrl. Timer]: met:
The Climate Ctrl. Timer function can be set. The vehicle must be located in a
LND0093X Setting Climate Ctrl. Timer cellular phone or smart phone cov-
(page 2-12) erage area.
Available settings
. [CARWINGS]: The internet enabled cellular phone
. [Driving Range]: or smart phone must be located in a
Information feeds are displayed and settings
The estimated driving area within range, cellular phone or smart phone cov-
for CARWINGSTM can be performed.
including the current position is displayed on erage area.
5. CARWINGSTM
the map screen. The computer must be connected to
Displaying estimated driving range . [Settings]:
the internet.
(page 2-3) Set messages that are displayed on the
screen and email messages that can by A cellular phone must be used to
. [Nearby Stations]: communicate with the vehicle.
received using a personal computer or
Charging station information for the current A cellular phone capable of text
cellular phone.
position area is displayed. messaging must be used to receive
Unique EV function settings
Finding charging station (page 3-25) text message regarding vehicle
(page 2-14)
. [Update Stations]: charge status.
Charging station information is updated . When the remote heater and air condi-
through connection to the NISSAN CARW- tioner is set, the system operates the
INGS Data Center. heater and air conditioner to adjust the
Updating charging station informa- in-cabin temperature to a set tempera-
tion (page 2-7) ture.
2-2 Unique EV functions

(37,1)
DISPLAYING ESTIMATED DRIVING

RANGE AND CHARGING STATION
INFORMATION
GUID-DBBF191F-7227-4E71-9B89-F63596487267
. When the charge connector is discon- The estimated driving range and charging INFO:
nected from the vehicle, the heater and station information are displayed on the map
screen. The estimated driving range map shows the
air conditioner operates using vehicle
predicted area the vehicle can reach on the
Li-ion battery electric power.
basis of the estimated driving range that is
. If the remote heater and air conditioner CAUTION indicated in the meter. Driving habits, the actual
function and Li-ion battery charging are
road environment (hills, etc.), and traffic condi-
performed at the same time, Li-ion Charging station information may not tions (traffic jams, etc.) will affect the actual
battery charging will take longer than be detailed in all areas or reflect current available range.
usual due to the power used to heat or charging station locations. For up to
cool the vehicle. The Driving Range screen is displayed by
performing the following procedure.
. Certain remote functions require a tions, such as business hours or char-
compatible smart phone, which is not ging equipment, NISSAN recommends . Push the button on the steering wheel.
included with vehicle. that you directly access the information . Push the (Zero Emission menu) button
. CARWINGSTM information system fea- on your own. Additionally, always check and touch [Driving Range].
tures are included through a subscrip- the Li-ion battery available charge and
tion service which requires owner set a reasonable driving schedule. INFO:
consent to activate. The subscription
Models with Li-ion battery warmer:
must be active to use these features. DISPLAYING ESTIMATED DRIVING The estimated driving range will increase or
. CARWINGSTM communications may be RANGE decrease when the air conditioner, heater or Li-
GUID-5A1FA606-E63E-4FD2-B18B-1B94796BA6B3
received at a verified e-mail address or ion battery warmer is turned on or off, or the
The estimated driving range including the
by SMS/text messaging-enabled cellu- vehicle is shifted between D (Drive) and ECO, or
current position or the destination is displayed
lar phone. when any other accessory is turned on or off
on the map screen depending on the charging
. Standard text rates and/or data usage based on driving.
status of the vehicle. A destination or a waypoint
may apply depending on your carrier.
can be set on this screen.
Unique EV functions 2-3

(38,1)
How to view driving range screen

GUID-9CC93CF9-571E-484A-91DA-AD2F565D5B7F
INFO:
When a route is set that includes waypoints, the
estimated driving range will be displayed based
on the nearest waypoint.
Setting a charging station as desti-
nation GUID-CF4689EA-B384-433B-9945-41E58188B38D
While the estimated driving area is displayed on
the map screen, the spot where the cross
pointer is placed by moving the map can be
set for the destination.
LND0002X
*1 The extended estimated driving range is dis- estimated driving range can be set as a destina-
played using the possible driving distance on the tion or a waypoint. LND0003X
meter as a radius. *
4 Charging station icons:
*
2 The normal estimated driving range is displayed
: Normal charge icon
1. Scroll the map, place the cross pointer over
based on the current charging condition. the preferred location, and touch [Go Here].
: Quick charge icon (for vehicle equipped for
*
3 [From Dest.]:
quick charging)
The estimated driving range around the destina-
tion is displayed while setting the route. If some *
5 The possible driving distance is displayed for
waypoints are set, the nearest waypoint from the each estimated driving range.
current vehicle position is centered on the
estimated driving range map.
[Go Here]:
Any locations that are displayed within the

(39,1)
guide.
. If setting a destination when the Li-ion
battery power level may be insufficient to
reach the set destination, the information for
charging stations is displayed, allowing you
to set a charging station as the destination.
LND0004X DISPLAYING CHARGING STATION LNE0038X

ICONS ON GUID-CB3356B9-BB71-4E7B-9B36-35EC618E6E12
MAP
2. The system sets the destination to the 3. Touch [Charging Station]. The indicator
The charging station icons are displayed on the
selected location and starts calculating a illuminates when the item is set.
map screen. There are two types of icons: quick
route.
charge (for vehicle equipped for quick charging)
and normal charge.
INFO:
1. Touch [Map Menu] while the current location
. This procedure only allows you to set a map screen is displayed.
destination or waypoint on the driving range
screen. The system does not automatically
set a desired charging station as a destina-
tion or waypoint. When a charging station LND0006X
displayed on the map is set as a destination
by moving the map, zoom in the map and set
current location map screen. The charging
a point as a destination as precisely as
station icons are displayed on the map.
possible. If the destination is not set
LNE0900X : Normal charge icon
precisely, the system may provide guidance
to a location that is not a charging station. : Quick charge icon (for vehicle equipped for
2. Touch [Map Icons].
quick charging)
. The driving range is displayed as a numeric
value above the destination or waypoint that
has been set. The values displayed here are
approximate and should only be used as a

(40,1)
3. Touch [Map Icons].
INFO:
. The map icons are not displayed on the map
screen when the map scale is set to 1/4 mile
(500 m) or higher in the 2D map and the
BirdviewTM map.
LNB0038X LNE0920X
. Display of icons for charging stations
registered in the address book cannot be 3. Select the area for searching for charging
INFO: removed using this procedure. station locations.
When a charging icon on the map is touched, a Show Icon on Map (page 3-63) . [Near Current Location]:
pop-up screen will appear. Displays a list of charging stations that

CONFIRMING CHARGING STATION are near the current vehicle location.
. Touch [Go Here] to set the destination.
AVAILABILITY
GUID-9D465F37-4939-4C10-BAA5-9FCD9B6F45BD . [Near Destination]:
. Touch [Place Info] to display charging
station information. It is possible to confirm the availability of
Displays a list of charging stations that
charging stations via the NISSAN CARWINGS are near the destination, when a destina-
Other settings Data Center. This allows you to reduce the time tion has been set.
The charging station icon can be also set by spent waiting to charge. . [Near Scroll Position]:
Viewing from Zero Emission button
GUID-525FF801-0E56-4CCA-A9FF-65B69B60CF7F
1. Push the (Zero Emission menu) button are near the cursor when the map has
1. Push the (Zero Emission menu) button been moved.
and touch [Settings]. and touch [CARWINGS].
2. Touch [Map icons for charging stations]. 2. Touch [Charging Availability].
or
tings].
2. Touch [Navigation].

(41,1)
charging stations in the area near the current

vehicle location will also be automatically
updated.
Unique EV function settings (page 2-14)
Charging station information for the area around
a location set can be updated manually by using
the following procedure.
LNE0921X LNE0901X
4. A list screen is displayed. Confirm the 1. Touch [Map Menu] while the current location
charging station information from the list. map screen is displayed and then touch
Full/vacant information of charging station is [Charge Avail.].
indicated by icon color. 2. The system connects to NISSAN CARW-
/ : Fully vacant
INGS Data Center, a list of search results
/ : will be displayed.
Partly vacant LND0007X
/ : Full UPDATING CHARGING STATION IN-
/ : Closed or out of service FORMATION 1. Push the (Zero Emission menu) button
GUID-70CEE977-F138-4ECE-B639-15E8F3F2BEA3
/ : No information or unclear TM and [Update Stations].
An active CARWINGS subscription in
needed to update charging station information. 2. Touch the preferred setting item. The system
Viewing from map menu
GUID-454D0275-393C-490B-9B21-2C5B70BF4E53 then connects to the NISSAN CARWINGS
Charging station information can also be ob- Information about the charging stations that are
Data Center and the update of charging
tained from map menu. located around the current position, destination
station information will start.
and your home is updated through connection to
the NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center. Available settings
. [Near Current Location]:
While the vehicle is connecting to the NISSAN
CARWINGS Data Center, information related to Charging station information for the area
charging stations in the area around your home around the current position is updated.
. [Near Destination]:
will be automatically updated. Also, when the
driving range is restricted, information related to Charging station information for the area

(42,1)
ENERGY INFORMATION DISPLAY

GUID-21881F25-3D34-4510-9A98-89C3567CC056
around the destination is updated. INFO: Energy economy and energy usage information
. [Near Home]: are displayed.
If communication with the NISSAN CARW-
Charging station information for the area INGS Data Center is disconnected due to VIEWING ENERGY ECONOMY IN-
around your home is updated. Registra-
tion of your home in the Address Book is poor signal reception, a message will be FORMATIONGUID-805ADB13-E973-45A3-B975-0A4C9928C3D4
necessary before using this item. displayed. Touch [Yes] to restart the down- Estimated driving range, average energy econ-
Storing home location load. omy and instant energy economy are displayed.
(page 1-12) 4. When the update is completed, a message 1. Push the (Zero Emission menu) button.
. [Near a location on the Map]: is displayed.
2. Touch [Energy Info].
Charging station information for the area
where the cross pointer is placed by 3. Touch [Energy Economy].
moving the map is updated.
LND0010X
LND0008X
*1 Driving Range:
3. When [Stop] is touched while updating The possible driving distance based on the
information, connection to the NISSAN current charging status is displayed.
CARWINGS Data Center is disconnected. *
2 Average:
The average energy economy from the previous
to the next resets is displayed.
*
3 Instant:
The system shows the distance that the vehicle
can travel using 1kWh.

(43,1)
*
4 [Reset]: *
1 Driving Range: *
1 Driving Range:
Touch [Reset] to reset the average energy The possible driving distance based on the The possible driving distance based on the
economy. After resetting the average energy current charging status is displayed. current charging status is displayed.
economy, it is stored in the history. *
2 Previous Reset Intervals: *
2 Variation of the possible driving distances be-
The average energy economy history is displayed tween the climate control ON and OFF is
INFO: from along with the average for previous Reset- displayed.
Battery power is generated and stored by the

to-Reset period. *
3 Electric Motor:
cooperative regenerative brake while driving.

*
3 Current Period: Energy usage by the motor and regenerated
The average energy economy from the previous energy are displayed.
When this occurs, the instant value will be to the next resets is displayed. *
4 Climate Control:
displayed as the maximum. The maximum value Energy usage by the climate control function is
will be displayed until the generated power is displayed.
consumed. *
5 Other Systems:
VIEWING ENERGY ECONOMY HIS- Energy usage by other equipment (headlights,
VIEWING ENERGY USAGE INFOR- windshield wiper, etc.) is displayed.
TORY GUID-FB423C15-39A9-43F5-97ED-E09A9CA96D60 MATION GUID-A263CDDB-8264-497D-AEFC-B5D2F6A8025D
The previous 10 histories of the average energy Estimated driving range and energy usage of
economy are displayed. various systems are displayed.
1. Push the (Zero Emission menu) button. 1. Push the (Zero Emission menu) button.
2. Touch [Energy Info]. 2. Touch [Energy Info].
3. Touch [History].
LND0012X
LND0011X

(44,1)
TIMER FUNCTION OPERATION

GUID-76EF94D1-3F8C-4350-B32D-504536913217
This function enables the batteries to be 4. To set the timer charge for different days of
charged and the climate control to be turned the week, touch [Assign Days]. Select the
on automatically at a regular time and day of the preferred timer setting for each day of the
week. week. When the settings are completed,
touch [OK].
SETTING TIMER CHARGE
GUID-5A729305-7710-4308-A8AF-8091F9CF58E3
5. When the settings are completed, touch
Use charging timer to schedule when the Li-ion
[Save Timer]. The settings confirmation
battery charges. You can save two timer settings
LND0210X screen will be displayed.
that include the charging start time and end
time. One of the timer settings can be applied to 3. Enter the Li-ion battery charge start time.
each day of the week. The vehicle automatically Touch [END Time] to change the time to
begins charging at the scheduled times when stop charging.
the charge connector is connected to the
vehicle. The timers do not need to be reset INFO:
each time the Li-ion battery needs charged.
Charging timer is performed according to
1. Push the (Zero Emission menu) button
the current time setting on the bottom left of LND0211X
and touch [Charging Timer].
the display. When setting the charging timer
function, be sure to check that the current 6. If the settings shown on the screen are
time displayed is correct. correct, touch [Yes].
LND0213X
2. Touch [Set Timer 1] or [Set Timer 2]. The

following explains the procedure for setting LND0214X LND0212X
Timer 1.

(45,1)
7. The [Timer 1] indicator illuminates after the . When only the charging timer end time is once. After this, if the power position is
charging timer is set. Use the same proce- set, the system automatically stops charging switched to OFF, charge operation starts or
dure to set the Timer 2 setting. when the Li-ion battery is fully charged. enters waiting mode depending on the new
8. Place the power switch in the OFF position, Charging may stop before the scheduled timer settings.
and then connect the charge connector to end time. . When charging is set as the first priority, the
the vehicle. . Touch [Timer 1] or [Timer 2] to turn off the Climate Ctrl. Timer does not start until 10
charging timer function. Touch [Yes] if the segments (80%) of the Li-ion battery avail-
INFO: settings shown on the screen are correct. able charge gauge are illuminated.
After this operation has been performed, the . When the climate control is set as the first
. Always place the power switch in the OFF indicator disappears and the charging timer priority, the Climate Ctrl. Timer will not
position after setting the charging timers. function is turned off. The start and stop time operate until the remaining Li-ion battery
When the power switch is in the ON settings are not deleted, even if the charging power displayed in the meter is 2 segments
position, the Li-ion battery will not start timer function is turned off. (15%) or higher.
charging. . If OFF is selected for a day of the week, the . The Li-ion battery will not charge when the
. The Li-ion battery may not be fully charged if charging timer will not operate on that day. charge connector is connected to the
the charging timer start time and end time The system will wait until the next set vehicle until the next scheduled charge start
are set such that there is not enough time to charging time to perform charging. time when the charge timer is active. If
charge the Li-ion battery. . If charging timer and the Climate Ctrl. Timer necessary, use immediate charge or remote
. When either the charge start time or charge are operating at the same time due to an charge to charge the Li-ion battery.
end time is set, the charging timer function is overlap of the timer settings, you can . Some charging stations used to perform
activated. prioritize which function receives electrical normal charge are equipped with timer
. When only the charging timer end time is power first. functions. If the charger timer function and
set, the system automatically determines Unique EV function settings the vehicle timer are both set, and the two
when to begin charging based on the Li- (page 2-14) timers are not set to operate at the same
ion battery charge level. The Li-ion battery . The timer setting can be changed while time, it is possible that the charger will not
may not be fully charged if the charging timer charge is in operation. When the start or that the battery will not be fully
timer end time is set such that there is not setting is changed while timer charge is in charged.
enough time to charge the Li-ion battery. operation, the new settings are applied
immediately and charge operation stops

(46,1)
. The Li-ion battery may not be fully charged 2. Touch [Set Timer 1] or [Set Timer 2]. The
when the Li-ion battery warmer operates WARNING following explains the procedure for setting
while charging using the Charging Timer. Timer 1.
. Set only the Charging Timer End time when Even if the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set, the
charging in cold weather. The vehicle temperature in the passenger compart-
automatically determines when to start ment may become high if the system
charging to fully charge the Li-ion battery, automatically stops. Do not leave chil-
even if the Li-ion battery warmer operates. dren or adults who would normally
Charging ends before the set End time if the require the support of others alone in
Li-ion battery is fully charged. your vehicle. Pets should not be left
alone either. On hot, sunny days, tem-
peratures in a closed vehicle could LND0097X
SETTING CLIMATE CTRL. TIMER
GUID-B26518E0-1D61-476C-BA29-80FA3CBC3944
While the charger is connected to vehicle, this quickly become high enough to cause 3. Enter the departure time.
function pre-heats or pre-cools the passenger severe or possibly fatal injuries to
compartment of the vehicle to the set tempera- people or animals.
ture before driving. This helps reduce power
consumption from the Li-ion battery. Timer settings
GUID-09A12233-D1ED-43B2-937D-C4264026AEB1
Temperature settings (page 2-14)
1. Push the (Zero Emission menu) button
The Climate Ctrl. Timer operates the air condi- and touch [Climate Ctrl. Timer].
tioner using power from the charger. Electric
power from the Li-ion battery is not used. LND0132X
The Climate Ctrl. Timer function allows two
different timer settings. Each timer charge 4. To set the Climate Ctrl. Timer for different
function can be set to activate on a different days of the week, touch [Assign Days].
day of the week. Select the preferred timer setting for each
day of the week. After setting, touch [OK].
Once the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set, it will The previous screen is displayed.
complete air conditioning by the time that is set. LND0095X
It is not necessary to set the Climate Ctrl. Timer 5. When the settings are completed, touch
everyday. [Save Timer]. The settings confirmation

(47,1)
screen will be displayed. INFO: . If the Climate Ctrl. Timer starts operating
while the vehicle is being charged, the time
. The Climate Ctrl. Timer will only start when
required for charging will be longer.
the power switch is in the OFF position.
. Operating the Climate Ctrl. Timer or remote
Always turn the power switch to the OFF
climate control in an environment where the
position after the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set.
temperature is low may decrease the rate of
. Touch [Timer 1] or [Timer 2] to turn off the
battery charge.
Climate Ctrl. Timer function. After this
. Timer setting can also be changed while
operation has been performed, the indicator
LND0133X Climate Ctrl. timer is operated. When the
turns off and the Climate Ctrl. Timer function
power position is switched to OFF, the air
will be turned off. The start and stop time
6. If the settings shown on the screen are conditioner starts or enters waiting mode
settings are not deleted even if the Climate
correct, touch [Yes]. depending on the new timer settings.
Ctrl. Timer function is turned off.
. When charging is set as the first priority, the
. While the Climate Ctrl. Timer operates, the
Climate Ctrl. Timer does not start until 10
Climate Ctrl. Timer indicator and the char-
segments (80%) of the Li-ion battery avail-
ging status indicator lights flash. If the
able charge gauge are illuminated.
Climate Ctrl. Timer is set to activate, the
Climate Ctrl. Timer indicator illuminates. . When the difference in temperature be-
tween the air conditioner setting tempera-
. If the timer charge function and the Climate
ture and the temperature outside the vehicle
Ctrl. Timer are in operation at the same time
LNB0037X is large, the temperature inside the vehicle
due to an overlap of the timer settings, either
may not be maintained at the setting
7. The [Timer 1] indicator illuminates after the function can be set to be preferentially
temperature.
Climate Ctrl. Timer is set. Use the same provided with electric power.
Unique EV function settings . The charging status indicator lights illumi-
procedure to set the Timer 2 setting. nate in a specific pattern when the Li-ion
(page 2-14)
8. Turn the power switch to the OFF position, battery warmer operates. The charging
. When the climate control is set as the first
and then connect the charge connector to status indicator lights use the same pattern
priority, the Climate Ctrl. Timer will not
the vehicle. to indicate 12-volt battery charging, Climate
operate until the remaining Li-ion battery
Ctrl. Timer operation or Remote Climate
power displayed in the meter is 2 segments
Control operation. The charging status
(15%) or higher.

(48,1)
UNIQUE EVGUID-45546D98-9301-4718-A8CD-61E807476D68
FUNCTION SETTINGS
indicator lights do not change if the Li-ion 3. Set the temperature and touch [OK]. An active CARWINGS TM subscription is
battery warmer operates at the same time as needed to remotely check charge status, battery
the above features. See LEAF Owners INFO: status, use remote charging, remote start Heat
Manual for details of the charging status and cooling and to receive e-mails/text mes-
indicator lights. . The temperature in the passenger compart- sages.
ment may not be comfortable if entering the
Temperature settings vehicle too soon before or too long after the
GUID-9B356E3B-B867-4913-A3C2-5CAD103A0746
1. Push the (Zero Emission menu) button. scheduled time of departure.
Touch [Settings]. . Air conditioning is limited to the capacity of
the electric power when the charge con-
nector is connected. Therefore, the tem-
perature may not reach the set temperature
due to limitations in air conditioning perfor-
LND0206X
mance, if ambient temperature is excessively
high or low, or if the charge connector is 1. Push the (Zero Emission menu) button
connected to a 120 V plug outlet. and Touch [Settings].
. The Climate Ctrl. Timer operates the climate 2. Touch the item you want to set.
LND0206X
control function so that a comfortable
temperature is provided in the passenger Available settings
2. Touch [Timer/Remote - Set Climate Temp].
compartment at the scheduled time of . [Battery & Power Alerts]:
departure. The climate control is set to stop When an indicator light located in the meter
at the scheduled time of departure. illuminates, messages are displayed and
actions are provided on the navigation
screen.
Setting messages that are displayed
on screen (page 2-15)
. [Charging Messages]:
LND0159M
Sends a notification to a preset e-mail
address. This notification includes the
charge connector status and the charge

(49,1)
completion. [Timer With Priority]:

CARWINGSTM settings (page 5-12) If the timer charge function and the
. [Map icons for charging stations]: Climate Ctrl. Timer function are in opera-
tion at the same time due to an overlap of
The charging station icons are displayed on the timer settings, either function can be
the map screen. set to be preferentially provided with
Displaying charging station icons on electric power.
map (page 2-5) [Charging Port Types to Include in
. [Timer/Remote - Set Climate Temp]: Station Searches]: LND0024X
Sets the temperature in the passenger When [Quick Charge] is set to OFF, the 2. Touch the item you want to set. The indicator
compartment for Climate Ctrl. Timer and quick charge icon will not be displayed.
How to view charging station of the selected item is illuminated.
Remote Climate Control. information (page 3-27) Available settings
Temperature settings (page 2-14)
. [Other Settings]: . [Use All Battery & Power Alerts]:
INFO: Displays all information on the navigation
[Autosave New Charging Stations]:
If charging station information you have For vehicles without the quick charge port, screen.
used is not stored in the system, the NISSAN recommends turning off the quick . [Limited Power]:
location will be automatically registered charging station icons by setting [Quick Charge] Displays a message on the navigation
in the Address Book. to OFF. screen when the power limitation indicator
Turn this setting off if you do not want the light illuminates in the meter.
charging location to be stored automati- SETTING MESSAGES THAT ARE
cally. Limited Power Notice (page 2-17)
DISPLAYEDGUID-B6604D94-3A25-487A-86EB-CC370F62DE53
ON SCREEN
You can set charging stations that are . [Low Battery]:
When an indicator light located in the meter
automatically registered by type. Select Displays the Low Battery message when the
from [Quick], [Trickle] or [Standard]. illuminates, messages are displayed and actions
low battery charge warning light illumi-
are provided on the navigation screen.
[Auto-Update Stations]: nates in the meter.
While the vehicle is connecting to the 1. Touch [Battery & Power Alerts]. Low Battery (page 2-16)
NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center, in- . [Dest. out of Range]:
formation related to charging stations
near your home will be automatically Displays a message on the navigation
updated. screen to inform the driver that the battery
should be charged soon. This will be

(50,1)
indicated if the estimated driving range is again.

less than the remaining distance to the
destination when a route to the destination Low Battery
GUID-3D06FDCE-4A0D-48E1-986A-B088F1A6CBB7
is set. When the Low battery charge warning light
Charge recommendation guidance and the master warning light (yellow)
(page 2-16) illuminate, the system displays a message on
the navigation screen that notices the driver that
BATTERY AND POWER INFORMA- the Li-ion battery charge is low.
LNM0002X
TION GUID-7AEA344E-F599-40B2-A19A-7C5B1B69A62B
For detail information about the warning/indica- 2. The system displays a message screen and
tor lights, see the LEAF Owners Manual. announces the contents of the message to
recommend battery charging. Check the
Charge recommendation guidance
GUID-68E35D09-F37A-4158-A60F-DD6103C98453 message displayed on the screen.
If the remaining driving range is less than the Touch [Nearby Charging Station] to search
distance to the destination that is entered while all charging stations that are located near
setting the route, the system displays a message the current vehicle position.
on the navigation screen that recommends LNM0003X
Finding charging station (page 3-25)
battery charging.
3. Touch [BACK] or push the MAP button to 1. The notification is displayed on the upper left
return to the current location map screen. side of the screen. Touch [Show] to display
the detailed information screen.
INFO:
. The charge recommendation guidance can
be set to off.
LNM0001X on screen (page 2-15)
. When the route is changed to avoid a traffic
1. The notification is displayed on the upper left jam or the possible driving distance indi-
side of the screen. Touch [Show] to display LNM0004X
cated in the meter is changed, the charge
the detailed information screen. recommendation guidance is displayed

(51,1)
2. The system displays a message screen and warning lights. INFO:

announces the contents of the message to
The Limited Power Notice display can be set to
warn that the Li-ion battery charge is low.
off.
Check the message displayed on the
Setting messages that are displayed on
screen.
screen (page 2-15)
Touch [Nearby Charging Station] to search
all charging stations that are located near
the current vehicle position.
Finding charging station (page 3-25) LNM0005X
3. Touch [BACK] or push the MAP button to
return to the vehicle location screen. 1. The notification is displayed on the upper left
side of the screen. Touch [Show] to display
the detailed information screen.
INFO:
. The Low Battery message display can be
set to off.
on screen (page 2-15)
. When the Li-ion battery charge is low, the
system automatically obtains charging sta-
tion information. LNM0006X
Limited Power Notice

GUID-5F1C7792-5974-4085-90F9-8D17A6BF6527 2. The system displays a message screen and
When the power limitation indicator and the announces the contents of the message to
master warning light (yellow) illuminate, the warn that power output is restricted and
system displays a message on the navigation inform the driver of the reason for this
screen that notices the driver that power output occurrence and what action is to be taken.
is restricted for various reasons. See LEAF
Owners Manual for details of the indicator/

(52,1)
MEMO

(53,1)
3 Navigation
Map settings ...............................................................................

... 3-3 Setting by phone number .............................................
... 3-32
Map types ..............................................................................
... 3-3 Setting intersection ........................................................
... 3-32
Displaying current vehicle location ..................................
... 3-5 Setting city center ..........................................................
... 3-34
Moving map ...........................................................................
... 3-5 Setting freeway entrance/exit ......................................
... 3-35
Changing scale of map ......................................................
... 3-7 Setting point on map .....................................................
... 3-36
Changing map view.............................................................
... 3-8 Operations after setting destination ..........................
... 3-36
Map view settings ................................................................
... 3-9 Route guidance ......................................................................
... 3-39
Looking at information on map ......................................
... 3-12 Procedures after setting route ....................................
... 3-39
Map menu screen .............................................................
... 3-14 About route guidance ....................................................
... 3-41
Map symbols ......................................................................
... 3-16 Guidance screen settings ............................................
... 3-43
Setting destination ..................................................................
... 3-17 Route screen ...................................................................
... 3-46
Destination screen ............................................................
... 3-17 Canceling/reactivating route ........................................
... 3-47
Changing region ................................................................
... 3-18 Editing route .....................................................................
... 3-48
Finding address .................................................................
... 3-20 Confirming route .............................................................
... 3-52
Finding points of interest ................................................
... 3-21 Voice guidance settings ................................................
... 3-53
Setting home as destination ..........................................
... 3-24 Recalculating route ........................................................
... 3-53
Finding charging station ..................................................
... 3-25 Setting detour route .......................................................
... 3-54
Searching from address book .......................................
... 3-28 Searching for detour route using
Searching from history.....................................................
... 3-28 traffic information ............................................................
... 3-54
Finding nearby Points of Interest ..................................
... 3-29 Setting conditions for route calculation .................... ... 3-55
Using Google Map ...........................................................
... 3-30 Route guidance settings ...............................................
... 3-57
Using route planner ..........................................................
... 3-31 Storing a location/route ........................................................
... 3-58
Setting from stored routes .............................................
... 3-31 Storing location ...............................................................
... 3-58
Storing route ....................................................................
... 3-60

(54,1)
Storing avoid area ............................................................

... 3-61 Navigation settings ................................................................
... 3-72
Editing address book .......................................................
... 3-62 Speed limit indication on map .....................................
... 3-73
Deleting stored item .........................................................
... 3-68 Other navigation settings ..............................................
... 3-73
Transferring information to/from address book ......... ... 3-70 Resetting all navigation settings to default .............. ... 3-76

(55,1)
MAP SETTINGS
GUID-C5FCA318-4BBA-4D15-A857-9B542ACCC9A3
MAP TYPESGUID-8F144229-3732-40A7-B87E-81F06E4649A2 guidance.
Two types of map views are available: 2D map *

5 Remaining time and distance to the
destination:
and BirdviewTM (3D) map.
Indicates the approximate remaining time and
2D map distance to the destination or waypoint. This
GUID-EE372FB2-4CFF-45FF-B632-64E8205D13D0 indicator will appear when a destination or
The 2D map displays the map in a 2-dimensional waypoint is set and route guidance is started.
environment similar to a road map. When the vehicle is not driven on the suggested
route, the screen displays the direction to the
destination and the distance to the destination
from the current vehicle position.
Switching estimated arrival time display
(page 3-58)
*
6 [Map Menu]:
Touch the icon to display the Map Menu screen.
Map menu screen (page 3-14)
*
7 [ZOOM OUT]/[ZOOM IN]:
Touch the icon to change the map scale.
Changing scale of map (page 3-7)
*
8 Scale indicator:
Indicates the scale of the map.
*
9 Direction indicator:
Indicates the directional setting of the map.
Touch the icon to switch the direction of the map.
LNE0001X
: North always pointing up.
Screen information: *
3 Waypoint: : Direction of the vehicle always pointing up.
Setting map orientation (page 3-10)
*
1 Next street name: Displays the locations that you travel past when
Displays the name of the next street on the route. going to the destination. A maximum of 5 *
10 Avoid Area (green or blue):
waypoints can be set. Displays the areas to avoid that are stored in the
*
2 Guide point:
*
4 Destination: Address Book with green or blue icons. During
Indicates a guide point on the route. the route search, the route guidance is performed
Indicates the destination location of the route
Navigation 3-3

(56,1)
by searching for a route that avoids those areas.

Storing avoid area (page 3-61)
*
11 Stored location (orange):
Displays the locations that are stored in the
Address Book. Icons can be changed according
to personal preferences.
*
12 Vehicle icon:
LNE0002X
Indicates the current vehicle location and the
direction of travel.
*
13 Starting point: INFO:
Displays the vehicle location, with which the route
is set, as the starting point. Note the following items about the BirdviewTM
*
14 Suggested route: display.
Appears in bold yellow during route guidance. . "BirdviewTM" is a registered trademark of
*
15 Traffic indicator: Clarion Co., Ltd.
Displays the reception condition of the traffic . The map in BirdviewTM always appears with
information transmitted from the provider. the current forward direction facing up.
Green: Reception is good.
Gray: Reception is poor.
No mark: Subscription to NavTraffic service is not
detected.
*
16 Arrow:
Indicates the distance to the next guide point and
the turning direction at that guide point.
BirdviewTM GUID-587FA18F-02CE-4C96-A6DD-1A627158824C
(3D) map
BirdviewTM displays the map from an elevated
perspective. In BirdviewTM, it is easy to recog-
nize an image of the route because it provides a
panoramic view over a long distance.
3-4 Navigation

(57,1)
DISPLAYING CURRENT VEHICLE Operating with touch panel opera-

LOCATION GUID-D8AC00A2-1C2D-4A70-9906-9AEEE4DB75F8 tion GUID-CE0EF930-E96D-430E-A724-B2E35F4E658E
Operating with control panel

GUID-13898028-7DDB-4218-A55C-01E6F3BD4984
LNE0004X
After moving the map, touch [BACK] on the map

screen to display the current location map
screen.
MOVING MAP
GUID-7786F4B5-D56C-4754-9A7C-B9979A7906F1
The operations for moving across the map are
different between the 2D and BirdviewTM maps.
2D map GUID-0B5555D2-485E-4FB1-88EA-3591B2A64762
LNE0003X
The basic map screen displays the current

location (the position where the vehicle mark is
LNE0005X
located). Push the MAP button to display the
current location on the map while on any screen.
Navigation 3-5

(58,1)
1. Touch the screen. The cross pointer is Fine-tuning the cursor position: INFO:
displayed, and the position touched is set
. When [Cancel] is touched, display of the 8-
as the center of the screen.
directional key will be turned off and the
system will switch to normal map scrolling
operation.
. Fine-tuning the cursor position is not pos-
sible while driving.
LNE0007X BirdviewTM GUID-AA6CB790-39D6-4E12-B07D-E9623AD32385

(3D) map
LNE0006X
1. Touch [Slow]. The 8-directional key is
displayed.
2. Touch the direction to move to. The map
continues to scroll while the screen is
touched.
INFO:
LNE0009X
While driving, scrolling on the map is limited to a
specified distance. 1. Touch the screen. The cross pointer and 8-
LNE0008X directional key are displayed.
2. Touch the 8-directional key to adjust the
cross pointer position.
LNE0010X
3-6 Navigation

(59,1)
2. Touch the direction to move to. The map CHANGINGGUID-9DD1AE71-61BA-4F81-A0EB-6A8BF290FBF9

SCALE OF MAP Scale level for 2D map and BirdviewTM map
continues to scroll while the screen is (3D) display:
touched.
US Units Metric Units
320 miles 640 km
80 miles 160 km
32 miles 64 km
8 miles 16 km
5 miles 10 km
LNE0012X Normal Map
2 miles 4 km
LNE0011X 1. Touch [ZOOM IN] or [ZOOM OUT] to 1 mile 2 km
change the scale. 1/2 mile 1 km
3. Touch [ ] or [ ] to change the direction of 1/4 mile 500 m
the map. INFO: 1/8 mile 200 m
: Rotates the map clockwise. 1/16 mile 100 m
Free zoom:
: Rotates the map counterclockwise. The scale can be changed in smaller steps when Shows build- 1/32 mile 50 m
[ZOOM IN] or [ZOOM OUT] is touched and held ing footprint 1/64 mile 25 m
INFO: graphics
than when either key is briefly touched.
While driving, scrolling on the map is limited to a If briefly touched, the operation returns to
specified distance. normal.
Map scale GUID-254B822A-980F-405F-9359-0273C1E3FD89
Any required map scale (map coverage) be-
tween 400 miles (640 km) and 1/32 mile (50 m)
can be selected.
LNE0898X
Example: The most detailed level (2D map)
Navigation 3-7

(60,1)
INFO:
The traffic information icons are not displayed on
the map screen when the map scale is set to 8
miles (16 km) or higher.
Traffic information display and scale le-
vels (page 6-9)
LNE0899X CHANGINGGUID-D93B7D53-E5E5-47F2-B721-51B7B48CD2FD
MAP VIEW LNE0019X
Example: The widest level (2D map) The map view can be changed between the 2D
3. Touch the preferred map view. The indicator
and BirdviewTM maps. The map can also be
of the selected map view illuminates.
displayed in the split screen mode.
4. The display automatically returns to the
map screen is displayed.
Available views
. [2D Map]:
Switches to the 2D map.
LND0155X
. [Birdview (3D)]:
Example: The most detailed level (BirdviewTM map)
Switches to the BirdviewTM map.
. [Split: 2D Map]:
Changes to the split screen mode and both
LNE0900X halves display maps in 2D.
2. Touch [Map View]. . [Split: Birdview Map]:
Changes to the split screen mode and the
left half displays the map in 2D and the right
LND0156X half displays the map in BirdviewTM.
Example: The widest level (BirdviewTM map)
3-8 Navigation

(61,1)
INFO: Other settings

. When the split screen mode is selected, the The map view can also be set by performing the
map settings for the left screen can be following procedure.
changed independently. 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set-
Setting left screen display tings].
(page 3-12) 2. Touch [Navigation].
. If the split screen mode is selected, the
3. Touch [Map View]. LNE0025X
normal map scrolling and scale adjustment
are set in the right screen. MAP VIEWGUID-1F6AA0DC-5FB8-4E2E-9C33-C843D820D840
SETTINGS 3. Touch [Map Settings].
Other settings are also available for the map
screen, such as changing the map direction,
BirdviewTM angle, etc.
LNE0020X LNE0026X
Split: 2D Map
4. Touch the item you would like to set.
Available settings
. [Map Orientation]:
LNE0900X Sets the map direction to North Up or
Heading Up.
2. Touch [Map View]. Setting map orientation (page 3-10)
. [Long Range]:
LNE0021X
Sets the long range map view display on/off.
Split: BirdviewTM Map
Settings long range map view
(page 3-11)
Navigation 3-9

(62,1)
. [Birdview Angle]: Setting map orientation

GUID-6907F8CD-DCB2-4205-81BF-4506A0D2346F
Available map orientations
Changes the BirdviewTM angle. The map direction (orientation) can also be . [North Up]:
Changing BirdviewTM angle changed in the 2D map. These settings are The top of the map remains oriented to the
(page 3-11) available only in the 2D map or 2D/2D split map. north.
. [Left Split Map Settings]: . [Heading Up]:
Sets the map settings for the left screen of The top of the map follows the traveling
the split map. direction.
Setting left screen display
(page 3-12) INFO:
. [Show all Freeway Exits on Route]:
Sets the display of the freeway exit informa- The direction of the map can also be changed by
tion on/off. touching the icon on the map. The method for
LNE0027X
Show exit information on freeways changing the direction of the map by touching
(page 3-44) 1. Touch [Map Orientation]. an icon can only be used when the current
location map is displayed.
. [Auto. Show Turn List on Freeway]:
If the map orientation is switched, the icon
The turn list can be set on or off to be displayed in the lower right corner is also
displayed automatically while driving on a switched.
freeway.
: North Up
Other settings:
: Heading Up
The orientation of the map can also be set by
LNE0028X
tings]. 2. Touch the preferred map orientation. The
2. Touch [Navigation]. indicator of the selected map orientation
illuminates.
3. Touch [Map View].
4. Touch [Map Settings].
3-10 Navigation

(63,1)
INFO:
[Long Range] is displayed only when [Heading
Up] is selected.
TM
Changing Birdview angle
GUID-9444E0D7-C761-4312-ADC0-D8943CE00959
The BirdviewTM angle can be changed. This
setting is available only in the BirdviewTM map or
LNE0029X LNE0031X 2D/BirdviewTM split map.
North Up
1. Touch [Long Range]. The indicator illumi-
nates when the item is set.
LNE0033X
LNE0030X
Heading Up 1. Touch [Birdview Angle].
Settings long range map view
GUID-AD06E93E-1288-4273-B735-9CCB95F285DA
The position of the vehicle icon can be changed
LNE0032X
to view a wider area in the direction that the
Long Range Map View
vehicle is traveling. If this function is activated,
the vehicle icon is located slightly lower than the
center of the screen.
LNE0034X
Navigation 3-11

(64,1)
2. Adjust the BirdviewTM angle by touching 3. Push the MAP button to return to the LOOKING AT INFORMATION ON
[Raise] or [Lower]. current location map screen. MAP GUID-571EE76C-6CCB-4E21-8682-A57D3A386B15
3. Push the MAP button to return to the Available settings Icons can be displayed on the map, and
current location map screen. . [Map Orientation]: information about destinations and landmarks
The map direction can be selected as can be displayed.
Setting leftGUID-5467CABB-4645-499E-89E4-2BBF621D3124
screen display
follows. Displaying map icons
When the split screen is displayed, the map GUID-AA72987D-2743-4761-9338-7DED04C38996
settings of the left screen can be changed. [North Up]: The map icons can be displayed or hidden by
The top of the map remains oriented to type.
the north.
[Heading Up]: 1. Touch [Map Menu] while the current location
The top of the map follows the direction
in which the vehicle is traveling.
. [Long Range]:
Positions the vehicle icon slightly lower than
the center of the screen. This offers a wider
LNE0035X
view in the traveling direction.
1. Touch [Left Split Map Settings]. . [Map Scale]:
Displays a scale on the left side of the
LNE0901X
screen. Use this to change the scale of a
map. 2. Touch [Map Icons].
INFO:
. The settings of the right screen are the same
as the settings of the full screen map.
LNE0036X
. The scale of the map can also be changed
2. Touch the preferred map setting. by touching [ZOOM OUT] or [ZOOM IN].
LNE0038X
3-12 Navigation

(65,1)
3. Touch the preferred icon. The indicator of below.

the selected icon illuminates.
Other settings
The map icons can also be set by performing the
following procedure.
tings].
2. Touch [Navigation]. LNE0041X
3. Touch [Map Icons]. 4. Touch [Map Scrolling Information].

LNE0902X
Map scrolling information
GUID-7E953B13-E5EF-41C1-88FC-C5E9ABF8FE53
4. Push the MAP button to return to the Information about the location, on which the
current location map screen. The activated center of the cross pointer is placed by scrolling
icons are displayed on the map. on the map, can be set to be displayed.
The following map items can be displayed. 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set-
: Restaurant tings].
: Charging Station 2. Touch [Navigation]. LNE0042X
: Hotel
: ATM 5. Touch the preferred information item. The
: Rest Area indicator of the selected information item
illuminates.
INFO:
The following information items are available.
. The map icons are not displayed on the . [Address Book Icons]
map screen when the map scale is set . [Destination/Waypoint Icons]
to 1/4 mile (500 m) or higher in the 2D LNE0040X . [Latitude/Longitude Info]
and BirdviewTM map.
. [CARWINGS Icons]
. If they are registered in the map data, the 3. Touch [Others].
brand icons will be displayed on the map
instead of the general map icons listed
Navigation 3-13

(66,1)
Current location map screen

GUID-A99E8F50-38EF-445A-A5CA-704D8EFCA7C8
Map settings (page 3-3)
. [Map Icons]:
Displays map icons of certain points of
interest (such as restaurants and charging
stations, etc.) on the map around the current
vehicle location.
Displaying map icons (page 3-12)
LNE0043X . [Update Stations]:
6. Push the MAP button to return to the LNE0901X Contact the NISSAN CARWINGS Data
current location map screen. Move the cross Center to update charging station around
If [Map Menu] is touched while the current the current vehicle location.
pointer to the set location to display the location map screen is displayed, the following
information. Updating charging station informa-
options are available. tion (page 2-7)
MAP MENUGUID-080293EE-4E11-442A-B0DE-6B8CBAA10CAC
SCREEN . [Store Location]: . [Charge Avail.]:
Touch [Map Menu] while the current location Stores the current vehicle location in the This allows you to obtain the availability
map screen or a scrolled map screen is Address Book. The stored location can be information of charging stations via NISSAN
displayed to display the menu corresponding retrieved as necessary to set it as a CARWINGS Data Center.
to that screen. destination (waypoint). Viewing from map menu (page 2-7)
This menu can be used to access helpful Storing location (page 3-38)
functions quickly, such as setting a destination . [Nearby Places]: Scrolled location map screen
GUID-1BAE5D18-5176-4DB5-9841-978304A6643D
and searching for points of interest nearby. Searches for points of interest near the If [Map Menu] is touched while a scrolled map
current vehicle location, such as restaurants screen is displayed, the following options are
and charging stations, etc. available.
Finding nearby Points of Interest
(page 3-29)
. [Map View]:
Performs map operations such as the
switching of map type and the setting of
map orientation and scale.
3-14 Navigation

(67,1)
. [Store Location]:
Store the map location where [Store loca-
tion] was touched in the Address Book. The
stored location can be retrieved to set it as a
destination or waypoint.
. [Update Stations]:
LNE0045X Contact the NISSAN CARWINGS Data
. [New Dest.]: Center to update charging station around
the point of the cursor.
Sets the destination to the map location
Updating charging station informa-
where [New Dest.] was touched. If a
tion (page 2-7)
destination is already set, the location will
be set as the new destination. . [Delete]:
Setting point on map (page 3-36) Deletes a destination, waypoint or stored
. [Add to Route]: location. To delete, place the cross pointer
over the corresponding icon.
Sets the map location where [Add to Route]
was touched as the destination or a
waypoint. This is available only when a
suggested route is already set.
Setting destination or waypoint
(page 3-48)
. [Nearby Places]:
Searches for points of interest such as
restaurants and charging stations, etc. near
the location by scrolling the map.
Finding nearby Points of Interest
(page 3-29)
Navigation 3-15

(68,1)
MAP SYMBOLS
GUID-EBC19CB7-4FEE-471C-A328-FBDF3BA8C997
This navigation system uses symbols to display facilities.
2-dimensional icons (Plan View)
GUID-B222DA06-BDDC-476B-A65B-8ACA237E1427
LNE0628X
3-16 Navigation

(69,1)
SETTING DESTINATION
GUID-501A39C4-2FAD-451F-B110-26D6B2F785A4
Road color GUID-16035A1E-B7A3-449E-857D-82CE718C0B3B displayed DESTINATION SCREEN

GUID-B2EBC8BC-3B61-48B8-A7CB-A84B9994A079
The road types are differentiated by colors. Accident There are several methods that can be used to
Freeway: set a destination. Understand the advantages of
Closed road each method and select the best method for
(Red or light red (zoomed in))
finding and setting a preferred destination.
Main road:
(Brown or dark yellow) Information
Narrow street:
(Gray) Road work
Road with incomplete map data:
(Dark green) Slippery road
Traffic information on map
GUID-76DF2039-9D48-4277-86E8-FF7C624B9B6D
LNC0199X
With a subscription to the NavTraffic service, Weather

1. Push the MENU button and touch [Destina-
traffic information is displayed. tion].
Viewing available traffic information Incident 2. Touch the preferred method for setting the
(page 6-6)
destination.
Free Flow:
Available settings
(Green)
. [Street Address]:
Moderate traffic: Searches for a destination by address.
(Yellow) Finding address (page 3-20)
Heavy traffic: . [Points of Interest]:
(Red) Searches for a destination from various
categories of businesses or locations.
Section affected by serious traffic event:
Finding points of interest
(Purple) (page 3-21)
The following traffic information icons may be
Navigation 3-17

(70,1)
. [Home]: Finding nearby Points of Interest . [Freeway Entrance/Exit]:

Searches for a route from the current (page 3-29) Searches for a destination from a freeway
location to the previously stored home Available settings (next page screen) entrance/exit.
destination. . [ Google(TM) Send-To-Car]: Setting freeway entrance/exit
Setting home as destination (page 3-35)
Searches for a destination using Google
(page 3-24)
Maps.
. [Charging Stations]: Using Google Map (page 3-30) INFO:
Searches for charging stations located near . [Route Planner]: . If the required battery power level may be
the current vehicle location. insufficient when the destination is set, the
Sets a route plan downloaded from the
Finding charging station (page 3-25) system provides guidance to any available
NISSAN Owners Portal Website.
. [POIs powered by GoogleTM]: Using route planner (page 3-31) charging stations.
Key words can be searched for using . [Stored Routes]: . If setting a destination when the Li-ion
Google. battery power level may be insufficient to
Selects a stored route.
Google search (page 5-10) reach the set destination, the information for
Setting from stored routes
. [Address Book]: (page 3-31) charging stations is displayed, allowing you
Searches for a destination from the list of the . [Phone Number]: to set a charging station as the destination.
stored locations.
Searches for a point of interest by a CHANGINGGUID-3E25FCC3-C8B2-44CB-BCC5-732F43DB2522
REGION
Searching from address book
telephone number.
(page 3-28) When setting a destination, the location can be
Setting by phone number
. [Previous Destinations]: (page 3-32) narrowed down by specifying the region or city.
Sets the previous starting point as the . [Intersection]:
destination. Searches for the destination
Searches for a destination from an intersec-
from the previous destinations.
tion.
Searching from history (page 3-28)
Setting intersection (page 3-32)
. [Nearby Points of Interest]:
. [City Center]:
Searches for points of interest near the
Sets the center of a city as the destination.
current vehicle location, such as restaurants
Setting city center (page 3-34)
and charging stations, etc.
3-18 Navigation

(71,1)
Specifying region
GUID-47A13C7F-143A-4A58-9FA9-3EF03611FAA4
. US10: HI
. Canada
. Puerto Rico
INFO:
. It is also possible to select a region by
touching the map on the right side of the LNE0048X
screen.
LNE0904X 2. Enter the name of the city, touch [List]. A list
. It is not possible to search for a route from
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Destina- the continental United States to Hawaii. screen is displayed.
tion].
Specifying GUID-40AD6857-AA78-4C83-9D64-B7572E33A7AA
city INFO:
2. Touch [Change Region].
When searching for a destination, the search . The same screen will be displayed when
3. Touch the preferred region from the list. can be narrowed down by specifying the city. a location is searched from a street.
After setting, the display automatically re-
turns to the Destination screen.
. Touch [Last 5 Cities] to display the last 5
cities recently set as destinations.
Available settings
. US1: CA, NV
. US2: AZ, CO, ID, MT, NM, OR, UT, WA, WY
. US3: IA, KS, MN, MO, ND, NE, SD
. US4: AR, LA, MS, OK, TX
. US5: IL, IN, MI, WI LNE0047X
. US6: DC, DE, KY, MD, OH, PA, VA, WV 1. Touch [City]. A character input screen is
. US7: CT, MA, ME, NH, NJ, NY, RI, VT displayed. LNE0049X
. US8: AL, FL, GA, NC, SC, TN
3. Touch the city of the destination from the list.
. US9: AK
Navigation 3-19

(72,1)
INFO: 3. Touch [House No.]. A character input screen

is displayed.
In some cases, when a city name has been
entered, the number of matching destinations in
INFO:
the Matches column may be different from the
number displayed on the list screen. If this Touch [Region] or [City] to narrow down the
occurs, enter more characters to further reduce specified region and city.
the number of matches. Changing region (page 3-18)
LNE0052X
FINDING ADDRESS
GUID-E974693C-B055-4844-9B8F-849E0623EC34
When the address of the destination is known,
use the following method to enter the address 6. Enter the name of the street. After finishing
and then have the system calculate a route. A the entry, touch [List]. A list of streets is
location near the preferred destination can also displayed.
be searched by entering the house number if the
map data contains the relevant data.
LNE0051X
tion]. 4. Enter the house number, then touch [OK]. If
2. Touch [Street Address]. the house number is not available, touch [No
House #].
5. Touch [Street]. A street name input screen is
displayed. LNE0053X
7. Touch the correct street of the destination

from the list.
LNE0050X
3-20 Navigation

(73,1)
INFO: 9. The selected destination is displayed at the INFO:

center of the map. Touch [Start] after
In some cases, when a street name has When you touch [Manual Controls] displayed on
confirming the location of the displayed
been entered, the number of matching the screen, voice recognition is canceled. You
destination. The system sets the destination
destinations in the "Matches" column may can then input the destination manually by
to the selected location and starts calculat-
be different from the number displayed on operating the touch screen.
ing a route.
the list screen. If this occurs, enter more
characters to further reduce the number of
FINDING POINTS OF INTEREST
GUID-E537C75F-F389-4D0C-BDC4-80E087FFBD4F
INFO: This allows you to find a facility by type, and then
matches.
After setting a destination, the location of the have the system calculate a route to that
destination can be adjusted and the location destination. Specify the region and city of the
can be stored in the Address Book, etc. destination to find it more quickly.
Operations after setting destination NOTE:
(page 3-36) Locations and business hours of facilities
are subject to change, which may not be
Setting by voice command reflected in the map data. Double-check
LNE0054X 1. Push the button located on the steering this information before you go to an
wheel. emergency facility to ensure that you can
8. Touch [OK]. receive the proper support. Otherwise, you
2. After the tone sounds, speak a command.
may not receive emergency help even
To set the destination from the Address: when you arrive at the destination.
"Navigation" "Address"
A confirmation message also appears on
the navigation screen. Follow the dis-
played instructions and check the items
required.
LNE0055X
Navigation 3-21

(74,1)
Searching by a landmark name INFO: . By selecting [By Category], you can

GUID-42622348-4B68-4A78-9240-986407C6723B
display the list that summarizes the
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Destina- When [City] is touched, a city can be entered names into categories. Select
tion]. specified by typing the city name. the category to narrow down the search.
2. Touch [Points of Interest]. Specifying city (page 3-19)
LNE0059X
LNE0056X LNE0058X
6. The selected destination is displayed at the
3. Touch [By Name]. A character input screen 5. Touch the preferred destination facility from
is displayed. the list.
INFO: to the selected location and starts calculat-
. In some cases, when a POI name has ing a route.
been entered, the number of matching
destinations in the "Matches" column INFO:
may be different from the number dis-
played on the list screen. If this occurs, After setting a destination, the location of the
enter more characters to further reduce destination can be adjusted and the location can
LNE0057X
the number of matches. be stored in the Address Book, etc.
4. Enter the name of the destination facility. Operations after setting destination
. By selecting [By Distance], you can sort
After finishing the entry, touch [List]. A list (page 3-36)
the list by the nearest distance. The
screen is displayed. position of the selected location is
displayed in the preview on the right side
of the screen.
3-22 Navigation

(75,1)
Searching from the landmark cate- 6. Touch [By Name]. A character input screen
gory is displayed.
GUID-351BE659-0AB9-473A-AC1A-38ABCADA93D6
tion].
2. Touch [Points of Interest]. The main category
list is displayed.
LNE0062X
5. Set the narrow down conditions for the

landmarks. LNE0063X
An example of choosing [By Name] is 7. Enter the name of the destination facility.
explained below. After finishing the entry, touch [List]. A list
Narrow down conditions: screen is displayed.
LNE0060X . [By Name]:
3. Touch the main category. The subcategory Input the facility name to narrow down
list is displayed. the target facility.
. [Select a City]:
Input the city to narrow down the target

city.
LNE0064X
Shows a list of facilities that are near
current vehicle location. 8. Touch the preferred destination facility from
. [Near Destination]: the list.
LNE0061X When the destination is set, indicates the
facility list around the destination.
4. Touch the subcategory from the list.
Navigation 3-23

(76,1)
INFO: ing a route. INFO:

. In some cases, when a POI name has If the home location is not stored yet, the
been entered, the number of matching INFO:
system will automatically display a screen for
destinations in the "Matches" column After setting a destination, the location of the storing it.
may be different from the number dis- destination can be adjusted and the location can Storing home location (page 1-12)
played on the list screen. If this occurs, be stored in the Address Book, etc.
enter more characters to further reduce Operations after setting destination
the number of matches. (page 3-36)
. By selecting [By Distance], you can sort
the list by the nearest distance. The SETTING HOME AS DESTINATION
GUID-EFD628DF-FD10-4DDD-BDF4-340E595F2B4E
position of the selected location is The home location can be set as the destination
displayed in the preview on the right side to which the system calculates a route. This
of the screen. function is especially useful when searching for
LNE0936X
. By selecting [New Category], you can a route to return to the home location.
perform a search from another category. 1. Puch the MENU button and touch [Destina- 4. The entire route to the home location is
tion]. shown on the map. Touch [Start] after
confirming the displayed route. The system
starts route guidance to the home location.
INFO:
Before starting route guidance, the route con-
dition can be changed and the route can be
LNE0065X stored in the Address Book, etc.
LNE0935X Procedures after setting route
9. The selected destination is displayed at the (page 3-39)
center of the map. Touch [Start] after 2. Touch [Home].
confirming the location of the displayed 3. The home location is displayed, and the
destination. The system sets the destination system sets the home location as the
to the selected location and starts calculat- destination.
3-24 Navigation

(77,1)
Setting by voice command 3. A list screen is displayed. Touch the

CAUTION preferred charging station from the list.
1. Push the button located on the steering
wheel. Detailed charging station information INFO:
2. After the tone sounds, speak a command. may not be available in all areas and
current charging station locations may
. If the suggested route is already set,
To set the home location as the destination: when [Show Along Route] is touched,
not be up to date. For up to date
"Navigation" "Home" the system only displays the facilities
information about charging stations,
such as business hours or charging located along the route.
FINDING CHARGING STATION
GUID-143B9E58-D695-45C6-A6E7-B950D899BE75
equipment, NISSAN recommends that . The charging station information screen
It is possible to set the destination to a charging is displayed when an icon is touched.
station and then have the system calculate a you directly access the information on
your own. Additionally, always check How to view charging station
route. information (page 3-27)
the Li-ion battery available charge and
There are many ways to search for a charging set a reasonable driving schedule.
station.
. Find from MENU button.
Nearby current location (page 3-25) Nearby current location
GUID-A064482C-64AD-487F-8179-47CEB55DF686
. Find from (Zero Emission menu) button. 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Destina-
Specifying search condition tion].
(page 3-26) 2. Touch [Nearby Points of Interest] and then
. Find from [CARWINGS]*. touch [Charging Station]. LNE0241X
Viewing from Zero Emission button
(page 2-6) 4. The entire route is shown on the map. Touch
. Find from [Map Menu]* on current location [Start] to confirm after checking the dis-
map. played route. The system starts route
Viewing from map menu (page 2-7) guidance to the selected destination.
*: Full/vacant information of charging station can
be checked.
LNE0240X
Navigation 3-25

(78,1)
INFO: 2. Select the method for searching for INFO:

charging station locations.
Before starting route guidance, the route con- . [Near Current Location]:
The same menu can also be displayed
dition can be changed and the route can be according to the following procedures.
stored in the Address Book, etc. Displays a list of charging stations that 1. Push the MENU button and then touch
Procedures after setting route are near the current vehicle location. [Destination].
(page 3-39) 2. Touch [Charging Stations].
NOTE: are near the destination, when a destina-
Charging stations that have been searched tion has been set.
for using this function are not necessarily . [Near Scroll Position]:
equipped with devices that can be used to
charge a LEAF. Be sure to confirm this in are near the cursor when the map has
advance before setting a charging station been moved.
as the destination. . [Near City Center]:
LNE0937M
Displays a list of charging stations when
a city name has been entered. 3. A list screen is displayed. Touch the
Specifying search condition
GUID-5875708B-7D65-42C9-95A9-F31DF7A38DAD . [Nearby Charging Availability]: preferred charging station from the list.
1. Push the (Zero Emission menu) button Displays a list of charging stations and
and touch [Nearby Station]. icons that shows their current availability INFO:
by connecting to NISSAN CARWINGS
Data Center. Touch [Options] to change search condi-
Confirming charging station avail- tions.
ability (page 2-6) . [Show Along Route]:
ON: Charging stations are displayed in
the order of location closest to the route
from the current vehicle position.
OFF: Charging stations are displayed in
LNE0905X the order of closest location from the
current vehicle position.
3-26 Navigation

(79,1)
. [Show Quick Charging Stations Only]: . [Call]:

ON: Only the Quick Charge Stations are Makes a call to the selected charging
displayed in the order of closest location
from the current vehicle position. station. A cellular phone needs to be
connected beforehand.
OFF: All charging stations are displayed Connecting cellular phone
in the order of the closest location from
the current vehicle position. (page 1-13)
. [Details]:
LNE0242X Displays the following information about the
Contents of charging station information selected charging station.
Address
. Facility name
Phone number
. Type of charging devices
Whether there is a charge for using
: Normal charge icon charging equipment at this facility or not
: Quick charge icon (for vehicle equipped for
LNE0241X quick charging) NOTE:
4. The entire route is shown on the map. Equipment that is displayed on the char-
. Type and number of charge connectors
Touch [Start] to confirm after checking the ging station information screen is not
. Whether this facility is open 24 hours a day,
displayed route. The system starts route necessarily compatible with a LEAF. Be
whether the business hours are fixed
guidance to the selected destination. sure to check whether equipment can be
Available settings used with a LEAF beforehand.
How to view charging station infor- The following settings are available from the
mation GUID-19D164CD-2CB4-4613-A2C2-954DD9CA89CF
information screen. Displayed items vary de-
Touch any icon displayed on the list screen to pending on the received information.
show the charging station information screen. . [Show Map]:
Detailed information about a charging station Displays a map screen for the selected
can be checked. charging station. The charging station on
this screen can be set as the destination.
Operations after setting destination
(page 3-36)
Navigation 3-27

(80,1)
INFO: INFO: 4. The selected destination is displayed at the

As maintenance of data for charging station Selecting [Sort] displays a list of various sort
information is carried out periodically, detailed functions. To use the sort functions, stored
information for a charging station selected may locations must be set in advance.
not always be displayed. Storing location (page 3-38)
. [Sorted By Number]: ing a route.
SEARCHING FROM ADDRESS The Address Book entries are displayed
BOOK GUID-4C7DF925-9404-4CBE-A2DD-E3DD6D9BAF0B in ascending numerical order. INFO:
Storing frequently used destinations in the . [Sorted By Name]: After setting a destination, the location of the
Address Book makes it easy for the system to The Address Book entries are displayed destination can be adjusted and the location can
set and calculate a route. To utilize this function in alphabetic order. be stored in the Address Book, etc.
more effectively, destinations that are often . [Sorted By Icon]: Operations after setting destination
traveled to should be stored in advance. By selecting a particular icon, a list that (page 3-36)
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Destina- contains only the Address Book entries
tion]. associated with that icon is displayed. Setting by voice command
. [Sorted By Group]:
2. Touch [Address Book]. 1. Push the button located on the steering
By selecting a particular group (family,
friends, leisure, etc.), the selected group wheel.
is displayed at the top of the list. 2. After the tone sounds, speak a command.
To set the destination from the Address Book:
"Navigation" "Address Book"
SEARCHING FROM HISTORY
GUID-CCA4B30F-6D42-498B-97B8-C74AE29C5414
It is possible to set destinations using the former
LNE0068X
route guide starting location, as well as destina-
3. Touch the preferred location from the list. tion lists that were set in the past. Up to 100
LNE0070X previous destinations will be automatically
stored. If the number of previous destinations
exceeds 100, the oldest one will be replaced by
3-28 Navigation

(81,1)
the newest one. to the selected location and starts calculat- 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Destina-
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Destina- ing a route. tion].
tion]. 2. Touch [Nearby Points of Interest]. The
INFO: category list is displayed.
2. Touch [Previous Destinations]. A list screen
is displayed. After setting a destination, the location of the
destination can be adjusted and the location can
be stored in the Address Book, etc.
(page 3-36)
Setting by voice command

LNE0073X
LNE0071X wheel. 3. Touch the preferred category. A facility list
3. Touch the previous start point or the 2. After the tone sounds, speak a command. screen is displayed.
previous destination from the list. To display the previous destinations list:
"Navigation" "Previous Destinations"
FINDING NEARBY POINTS OF IN-
TEREST GUID-00202A07-1B7D-457D-81B3-67E33550770C
This allows you to set the destination to a facility
located near the current vehicle location or
another location that you move to by scrolling LNE0074X
LNE0072X the map, and then have the system calculate a
route. 4. Touch the preferred destination from the list.
4. The selected destination is displayed at the The position of the selected location is
If there is any particular Points of Interest type displayed in the preview on the right side
center of the map. Touch [Start] after that you intend to use frequently, you can store it
confirming the location of the displayed of the screen.
in the list of nearby Points of Interest.
destination. The system sets the destination Customizing Nearby Places (page 3-74)
Navigation 3-29

(82,1)
INFO: . If the route is already set, the selected

. If the suggested route is already set, by location becomes a waypoint.
touching [Show Along Route], the sys- . You can also set the destination by touching
tem displays only the facilities located [Map Menu] in the current location map
along the route. screen and selecting [Nearby Places].
. A maximum of 100 facilities can be
USING GOOGLE MAP
displayed on the list screen. GUID-D91DD8BB-2674-4765-962E-A142C6866D85
It is possible to search for a location using LNE0927M
Google maps, and to download the information
to set the destination via the NISSAN CARW- 4. Select the preferred destinations from the
INGS Data Center. list. The position of the selected location is
displayed in the preview on the right side of
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Destina- the screen.
tion].
2. Touch [Next Page]. INFO:
LNE0075X Select [Download] to update the list in-
5. The entire route is shown on the map. Touch formation.
[Start] after confirming the displayed route. 5. The select destination is displayed. Touch
The system starts route guidance to the [Start] after confirming the location of the
selected destination. displayed destination. The system sets the
selected location as the destination and
INFO: starts calculating a route.
LNE0919M
. Before starting route guidance, the route 3. Touch [Google(TM) Send-To-Car].
condition can be changed and the route can
be stored in the Address Book, etc. The system connect to the NISSAN CARW-
Procedures after setting route INGS Data Center and the destination list
(page 3-39) will be downloaded.
3-30 Navigation

(83,1)
INFO: INFO: 4. Touch the preferred route from the list. The
route to the destination is set.
Refer to the NISSAN Owners Portal Website Select [Download] to update the list in-
for details on destination setting using Google formation.
maps. 5. Touch [Start] after confirming the location of
USING ROUTE PLANNER the displayed.
GUID-09B35477-5712-4156-81CA-B572957D2AA1
It is possible to set the route according to the
INFO:
route plan created in advance by the NISSAN
Owners Portal Website. Refer to the NISSAN Owners Portal Website
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Destina- for details on the route planner. LNE0077X
tion]. SETTING FROM STORED ROUTES
GUID-174315DE-CFE8-4311-94E7-67FE9F3D0C92 5. The entire route is shown on the map. Touch
2. Touch [Next Page]. It is possible to select a preferred route from the [Start] after confirming the displayed route.
3. Touch [Route Planner]. stored routes. The system starts route guidance to the
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Destina- selected destination.
tion].
INFO:
2. Touch [Next Page].
3. Touch [Stored Routes]. A list screen is . Before starting route guidance, the route
displayed. condition can be changed and the route can
Procedures after setting route
LNE0926M (page 3-39)
4. Select the preferred route plan from the list. . The stored route only includes locations
(destination and waypoints) and route cal-
culation conditions, not the route itself.
Therefore, when the destination is set using
a stored route, a different route may be
LNE0076X
suggested if the current vehicle location is
different from the one when the route was
Navigation 3-31

(84,1)
stored.
SETTING BYGUID-87C28043-E7CD-4FB6-9E27-0811FF88248E
PHONE NUMBER
If the phone number of a facility is known, it is
possible to search for a facility by entering the
phone number, and have the system calculate a
route.
LNE0078X LNE0079X
INFO:
4. Enter the telephone number including the 5. The selected destination is displayed at the
. If the area code of the specified telephone area code. After finishing the entry, touch center of the map. Touch [Start] after
number does not exist in the map data, the [List]. confirming the location of the displayed
system cannot search for the location. Phone number input screen destination. The system sets the destination
. Only the locations included in the database (page 1-8) to the selected location and starts calculat-
in the map data can be searched by the ing a route.
phone number. Residential phone numbers INFO:
cannot be used to search for a location. INFO:
A list screen is displayed if there are two or
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Destina- more search results. Touch the preferred After setting a destination, the location of the
tion]. destination from the list. destination can be adjusted and the location can
2. Touch [Next Page]. A confirmation screen for the place name be stored in the Address Book, etc.
and the location is displayed, and the system Operations after setting destination
3. Touch [Phone Number]. The telephone
starts calculating. (page 3-36)
number input screen is displayed.
SETTING INTERSECTION
GUID-4599645B-7FEB-4FFC-9904-951F14B57AFC
It is possible to set an intersection of any two
streets as the destination and have the system
calculate a route.
tion].
3-32 Navigation

(85,1)
2. Touch [Next Page]. 8. Enter the name of the 2nd street. After
3. Touch [Intersection]. finishing the entry, touch [List]. A list screen
is displayed.
LNE0087X
6. Touch a street as the 1st street from the list.

LNE0085X
LNE0090X
4. Touch [1st Street]. A character input screen
is displayed. 9. Touch a street as the 2nd street from the list.
INFO:
Touch [Region] or [City] to narrow down the
specified region and city. LNE0088X
7. Touch [2nd Street.]. A character input

LNE0091X
10. Touch [OK].
LNE0086X
5. Enter the name of the 1st street. After

finishing the entry, touch [List]. A list screen LNE0089X
is displayed.
Navigation 3-33

(86,1)
2. Touch [Next Page]. 5. Touch the preferred destination from the list.
3. Touch [City Center]. A character input
screen is displayed. INFO:
Select [By Distance] to sort the list by the
nearest distance.
LNE0092X
11. The select destination is displayed at the

confirming the location of the displayed LNE0093X
destination. The system sets the selected
location as the destination and starts calcu- 4. Enter the name of the city, touch [List]. A list
LNE0095X
lating a route. screen is displayed.
INFO: INFO: center of the map. Touch [Start] after
Touch [Last 5 Cities] to display the last 5 confirming the location of the displayed
After setting a destination, the location of the destination. The system sets the destination
destination can be adjusted and the location can cities recently set as destinations.
be stored in the Address Book, etc. ing a route.
(page 3-36) INFO:
SETTING CITY CENTER
GUID-1CBCD129-BFBE-47D9-9EF0-BE9DCF8E2B24 After setting a destination, the location of the
It is possible to set the center of a city as a destination can be adjusted, the location
destination and have the system calculate a can be stored in the Address Book, etc.
route. LNE0094X Operations after setting destination
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Destina- (page 3-36)
tion].
3-34 Navigation

(87,1)
SETTING FREEWAY ENTRANCE/

EXIT GUID-4515EF2C-9776-443B-97E6-E670C645B162
It is possible to set the destination to an
entrance or exit of a freeway and have the
system calculate a route.
tion].
LNE0081X LNE0083X
2. Touch [Next Page].
5. Touch the freeway of the destination from 7. Select the preferred destination from the list.
3. Touch [Freeway Entrance/Exit]. A character
the list. The position of the selected location is
input screen is displayed.
displayed in the preview on the right side
of the screen.
INFO:
Select [By Distance] to sort the list by the
nearest distance.
LNE0082X
LNE0080X
6. Touch [Entrance] or [Exit]. A list screen is
4. Enter the name of the freeway. After finishing
displayed.
the entry, touch [List].
LNE0084X

Navigation 3-35

(88,1)
destination. The system sets the destination INFO: INFO:

to the selected location and starts calculat- . The map scale should be adjusted to
ing a route. search for a location more effectively.
. The point on the blinking road where the
INFO: center of the cross pointer is located can
After setting a destination, the location of the be set as a destination.
destination can be adjusted and the location can
Operations after setting destination LNE0099X
(page 3-36)
. If a point on a freeway is set as the
SETTING POINT ON MAP
GUID-1CECA297-8DF7-4E58-9746-C408EB3A9FBD destination, a confirmation message is dis-
It is possible to set a location scrolled to on the played.
map as the destination and have the system . Before starting route guidance, the route
calculate a route. LNE0097X
condition can be changed and the route can
2. Touch [New Dest.]. be stored in the Address Book, etc.
(page 3-39)
OPERATIONS AFTER SETTING

DESTINATION
GUID-0BFBBD22-47CC-4CEB-8876-3CE84AFA02AA
The following operations are available after you
LNE0096X set a destination.
1. Scroll the map, place the cross pointer over LNE0098X

the preferred location, and touch [Map
3. The entire route is shown on the map. Touch
Menu].
[Start] after confirming the displayed route.
The system starts route guidance to the
selected destination.
3-36 Navigation

(89,1)
. [Store Location]:
Stores the location in the Address Book.
. [Details]:
Displays information about the facility that
has been set as the destination, if it is
included in the map data.
LNE0100X Viewing information about searched LNE0108X
Available items after setting destination location (page 3-38) 1. Touch [Move Location]. A map screen with
. [Start]: Starting route guidance the destination located on the map center is
GUID-D297E553-8059-4E30-B335-74138C3A09D9
displayed.
Starts route guidance to the selected
destination. 2. Adjust the location by moving the cross
Starting route guidance (page 3-37) pointer across the map and touch [OK]. The
. [Route Details]: location of the destination is modified.
Allows you to change the route search
conditions or to check the route information. INFO:
Procedures after setting route . The screen for adjusting the location also
(page 3-39) LNE0101X changes when the map screen displayed on
. [Move Location]: the right side of the screen is touched.
1. Touch [Start]. Route guidance starts. If the
Displays a map screen. The location of the route is already set, the location becomes . The map scale can be changed by touching
destination can be adjusted. the new destination, and the route is [ZOOM OUT] or [ZOOM IN].
Moving location of destination recalculated.
(page 3-37) Adding additional destinations to a
. [Add to Route]: Moving location of destination
GUID-C2CECEB6-9A5F-45F2-B506-35ACD13501D4
route GUID-58148779-7ACA-421A-808E-CA2DBAA47C2B
Edits the route by adding a waypoint or a The location of the destination can be adjusted Even after the route is already set, you can add a
destination. by moving the cross pointer across the map. searched location as a new destination or
Adding additional destinations to a waypoint to that route.
route (page 3-37) If the route has not been set, [Add to Route]
Navigation 3-37

(90,1)
cannot be selected. 1. Touch [Store Location]. A message is Connecting cellular phone

displayed, the location is stored in the (page 1-13)
Address Book. The corresponding icon is . [Details]:
displayed at the set location on the map. This appears only when a charging
station is set as a destination. Displays
Viewing information about searched detailed information including the type
location GUID-AC162096-1CF4-4FB0-874A-A7FEE3CD1848
and number of charging devices existing
at the selected charging station.
Information (street address and phone number)
about points of interest stored in the map data
LNE0109X INFO:
can be displayed.
1. Touch [Add to Route]. Information about locations is not displayed
2. Touch [Add Destination] or [Add Waypoint]. while driving.
The system starts calculating a route that
includes the added destination or waypoint.
When the calculation is finished, the route is
displayed.
Storing location
GUID-BC2D5B61-3800-40DA-8E7D-15B144C39062 LNE0111X
A searched location can be stored in the
Address Book. Then it can be easily retrieved 1. Touch [Details]. Information about the loca-
and set as a destination (or waypoint). tion is displayed.
Available settings
. [Show Map]:
Returns to the previous screen.
. [Call]:
Makes a call to the selected charging

station. A cellular phone needs to be
LNE0110X connected beforehand.
3-38 Navigation

(91,1)
ROUTE GUIDANCE
GUID-FD38A9D2-BD38-4915-90E1-EFF73D4DAEA9
PROCEDURES AFTER SETTING Book. Changing route condition

GUID-9AD893FA-42BC-4477-9A9F-DD22625256AA
ROUTE Confirming route (page 3-40) 1. Touch [More Routes].
GUID-E83C964B-BC32-48FB-AF85-60942AFE2170
After performing a route search, route guidance . [Add Way Pt.]:
can be started. Also, it is possible to confirm or Allows you to edit the route by adding a
change a route. destination or waypoint.
Adding destination or waypoint
(page 3-41)
Starting route guidance
GUID-1EF85A2A-776D-4337-A8E2-61492E7591D6
LNE0906X
2. Touch the preferred route condition. When

the route is selected, a preview is displayed
LNE0102X
on the right side of the screen. After
1. Touch [Route Details]. selecting the route condition, touch [OK].
2. Touch the item you would like to set. Available route conditions
LNE0102X
Available items after setting route
. [ECO] (green):
1. Touch [Start]. Route guidance starts. Prioritizes the least amount of electrical
. [Start]: consumption.
Starts route guidance to the selected . [Short. Time] (purple):
INFO:
destination.
Starting route guidance (page 3-39) If no operations have been performed on the Prioritizes the shortest time.
system for several seconds, [Start] is automati- . [Min. Freeway] (orange):
. [More Routes]:
Displays 3 alternative routes. cally selected, and the system starts route Minimizes the use of freeways.
Changing route condition guidance. When the vehicle is being driven, . [Short. Dist.] (pink):
(page 3-39) [Start] is automatically selected and the system
Prioritizes the shortest distance.
. [Route Info]: will start the route guidance function.
Displays the route information. A calculated
route can also be stored in the Address
Navigation 3-39

(92,1)
INFO: . The remaining battery power estimation Confirming GUID-29CA1EE4-BF66-428E-8EEA-11FCA02818BA

route
. The 4 routes may not always be different. function cannot be used confirm condition 1. Touch [Route Info].
changes that arise after driving starts. Utilize
. When using waypoints, [More Routes] is
the function as a reference when selecting
disabled. After route guidance is started,
driving routes.
change the route between each way-
point. . In the following instances, the actual battery
Editing route (page 3-48) power may differ from the remaining battery
power estimation.
3. Touch [OK]. Frequent repetition of sudden accelera-
tion and sudden braking
INFO: LNE0104X
Change of air conditioner operating
conditions 2. Touch the preferred information item.
Change of traffic conditions and driving Available information
routes that differ from the one used for
. [Turn List]:
the estimation
Displays the details of the suggested route.
Strong wind, cold, and snow weather
Using turn list (page 3-52)
conditions
. [Store Route]:
Tires that do not comply with specifica-
LNE0928X tions, low air pressure tires, worn tires, Stores a calculated route. A maximum of 5
studless tires, and others. routes can be stored. Stored routes can be
The remaining battery power estimation function easily retrieved and set as the suggested
Decreased capacity of the Li-ion battery
cannot be used to confirm condition changes route. If no waypoints are set on the route,
that arise after driving starts. Utilize the function Installation of equipment that does not the route cannot be stored.
as a reference when selecting driving routes. comply with specifications (carriers and Storing route (page 3-60)
. After starting to drive, refer to the driving others)
. [Map Scroll]:
range on the meter and perform battery Displays a map screen where the location of
charging allowing for some leeway. the destination can be confirmed.
3-40 Navigation

(93,1)
INFO: 5. The system starts calculating a route that

includes the added destination or waypoint.
The stored route includes only locations (desti-
When the calculation is finished, the route is
nation and waypoints) and route calculation
displayed.
conditions, not the route itself. Therefore, when
the destination is set using a stored route, a
INFO:
different route may be suggested if the current
vehicle location is different from the one when . If a waypoint was added, [More Routes]
the route was stored. LNE0244X cannot be selected.
. If a destination was added, the prior
Adding destination or waypoint
GUID-64FE064C-91B6-4DF2-9502-FFC30B666095 destination becomes a waypoint.
Before starting route guidance, destinations 3. Touch [Add to Route].
and/or waypoints can be added. A total of 6 ABOUT ROUTE GUIDANCE
GUID-FD5538DC-DAD3-4D25-9388-EEEB98B01107
destinations or waypoints can be set. After setting the route, select [Start] to begin
1. Touch [Add Way Pt.]. route guidance.
Throughout route guidance, the system navi-
gates you through the guide points using visual
and voice guidance.
LNE0106X
CAUTION
4. Touch [Add Destination] or [Add Waypoint].
. The navigation systems visual and
LNE0105X voice guidance is for reference pur-
poses only. The contents of the
2. Set additional destinations or waypoints. guidance may be inappropriate de-
The method of searching for a location is the pending on the situation.
same as the one for a destination. . Follow all traffic regulations when
Setting destination (page 3-17) driving along the suggested route
(e.g., one-way traffic).
LNE0107X
Navigation 3-41

(94,1)
direction)."
Route guidance (page 10-34)
"Freeway entrance on your right onto (road
number and direction)."
Voice guidance during route gui- *
3 "In about one mile (2 kilometers), exit on your
dance GUID-B9542D5E-9818-4B43-8BA0-4E1F33E37BDB
right."
When approaching a guide point (intersection or "Exit on your right."
corner), destination, etc. during route guidance, *
4 "You have arrived at your destination. Ending
voice guidance announces the remaining dis- route the guidance."
tance and/or turning direction. Push and hold Guidance screens and preview
the VOICE button to repeat voice guidance. mode GUID-1EC15C97-38ED-4C88-9336-8B6A6573F8DE
Route guidance displays map screens and
various information according to the situation.
LNE0112X
INI0119
Example of voice guidance: "Right (left) turn ahead."

*
1 "In about one quarter mile (400 meters), right *
2 "In about one quarter mile (400 meters) freeway
(left) turn." entrance on your right onto (road number and
3-42 Navigation

(95,1)
Enlarged intersection view: Junction guidance: Turn list:
LNE0113X LNE0114X LNE0115X
When approaching a guide point, the system While driving on a freeway, when the vehicle is Depending on the setting, the system can
automatically changes to the split screen and approximately 1 mile (approximately 2 km) from a constantly display the split screen and show
shows an enlarged view of the intersection on junction, the system automatically switches to the turn list on the left screen. When approach-
the left screen. To switch to the full screen mode the split screen and displays an enlarged view of ing a guide point, the left screen automatically
while the enlarged intersection view is dis- the junction on the left screen. After passing the switches to an enlarged view of the intersection.
played, push the MAP button. Pushing the junction, the system automatically returns to the To switch to the full screen mode, push the
MAP button again displays the enlarged inter- full screen mode. To switch to the full screen MAP button. Pushing the MAP button again
section view. mode while the enlarged junction view is displays the turn list.
displayed, push the MAP button. Pushing the
MAP button again displays the enlarged junc- GUIDANCE GUID-42B56FA1-7B98-44F1-BC40-014EF5BDBC53
SCREEN SETTINGS
tion view. The guidance screen can be displayed at all
times even when the vehicle is located away
from the guide point. Various types of screens
can be set.
Split screenGUID-6FFF7521-6286-4DF6-884B-0E9101ECFB85
settings
The display setting on the left-hand side screen
shown during route guidance can be changed.
Navigation 3-43

(96,1)
1. Touch [Map Menu] while the current location [ ] on the screen.

map screen is displayed. Push the MAP button to switch to the full map
screen. Push the MAP button again to display
the turn list.
. Full map
LNE0932X
The map screen and the enlarged intersection

LNE0930X view can be displayed at the same time.
2. Touch [Map View]. Push the MAP button to switch to the full map
screen.
LNE0120X
. Turn list
The current location map is displayed. An
enlarged intersection view is automatically dis-
played when the vehicle approaches the guide
point.
When an enlarged intersection view is dis-
LNE0931X played, pushing the MAP button returns to the
map screen.
3. Touch [View Settings]. LNE0119X
4. Touch the preferred screen. The indicator of Show exit information on freeways
GUID-B9EFEE0B-9D82-4FCA-8BED-AEEC5111CA62
the selected screen illuminates. The list screen for showing the guide points to When the vehicle travels on a highway or a toll
the destination and the map screen can be road, the display automatically provides exit
. Intersection
displayed at the same time. An enlarged information in the turn list.
intersection view is automatically displayed
when the vehicle approaches the guide point. 1. Touch [Map Menu] while the current location
The turn list can be scrolled by touching [ ] or
3-44 Navigation

(97,1)
2. Touch [Map View]. Showing freeway exit information:
LNE0124X
LNE0121X LNE0123X
1. Touch the exit where the exit information
3. Touch [Map Settings]. When [Show all Freeway Exits on Route] is set icon is displayed. The category list screen is
to ON and the route includes the freeway or toll displayed.
road, all exits along the route which have exit
information will be shown in the turn list. The exit
information is shown as icons.
Selecting a waypoint from the exit infor-
mation list:
When exit information is displayed on the turn
LNE0122X list, a waypoint to a facility located near the
LNE0125X
freeway exit can be set as a waypoint. The
4. Touch [Show all Freeway Exits on Route]. facility categories that are not shown with an
The indicator illuminates when the item is 2. Touch the landmark category. The list screen
icon cannot be selected. for showing facilities located near the free-
set.
way exit is displayed.
Navigation 3-45

(98,1)
INFO: ROUTE SCREEN

GUID-A1C01E8A-570A-408B-B0D8-CEBD91E269C3
Available settings
The facility categories that are not shown . [Cancel Route]/[Resume Route]:
with an icon cannot be selected. WARNING Cancels the current route guidance. A
canceled route can also be reactivated. If
Always stop the vehicle in a safe the suggested route is canceled, [Cancel
location before modifying the route Route] changes to [Resume Route].
conditions. Modifying the route condi- Canceling/reactivating route
tions while driving may cause an acci- (page 3-47)
dent. . [Edit/Add to Route]:
Edit or add a destination or waypoints to the
LNE0126X
During route guidance, the route conditions can route that is already set.
be modified and the route information can be Editing route (page 3-48)
3. Touch the preferred facility for the waypoint. confirmed. Set route conditions according to . [Route Info]:
personal preference. Confirm the route by the route information or
simulation. The confirmed route can also be
stored.
Confirming route (page 3-52)
. [Guidance Settings]:
Activates or deactivates route, voice gui-
dance and/or traffic announcement and
LNE0127X adjust the volume level of voice guidance.
LNE0128X Voice guidance settings (page 3-53)
4. The waypoint is set, and the route search is
. [Recalculate]:
performed. 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Route].
Procedures after setting route Manually search for the route again after
(page 3-39) changing the search condition and have the
system calculate a route.
Recalculating route (page 3-53)
3-46 Navigation

(99,1)
. [Detour]:
A detour of a specified distance can be
calculated.
Setting detour route (page 3-54)
. [Traffic Detour]:
Manually search for an alternative detour
route taking the traffic information into
consideration. LNE0129X LNE0131X
Searching for detour route using 2. Touch [Cancel Route]. A confirmation mes- 2. Touch [Resume Route]. A confirmation
traffic information (page 3-54) sage is displayed. message is displayed.
. [Route Settings]:
Changes the route calculation conditions
anywhere along the route.
Setting conditions for route calcula-
tion (page 3-55)
CANCELING/REACTIVATING ROUTE
GUID-F0E753E6-2BCC-422E-BB9A-092A60D0B94D
A route that is already set can be canceled at
any time. If a route is deleted, the destination LNE0130X LNE0132X
and waypoints are also canceled.
3. Touch [Yes]. The route is canceled along 3. Touch [Yes]. The canceled route is reacti-
It is also possible to reactivate a canceled route. with the destination and waypoints. vated.
Canceling route
GUID-086F3226-CA14-42DF-993B-18135E2E6323 Reactivating route
GUID-B506AD63-896C-4E7F-9A94-5D3E67911B7C
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Route]. 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Route].
Navigation 3-47

(100,1)
INFO: (page 3-49) INFO:

If a new route is set, the canceled route cannot
*
3 Condition for calculating a route to the destina-
Added waypoints and search conditions will not
tion:
be reactivated. Changes the conditions for calculating a route to be taken into consideration for the route
the destination. calculation until [Calculate] is touched.
EDITING ROUTE
GUID-0CFA5674-26DB-4DBD-94B4-07D1D137A60E Changing route calculation conditions
(page 3-51)
GUID-0BB2FCA4-907D-47E4-BFE0-38F304C36A5C
*
4 Adds a waypoint. A destination or waypoint can be added to the
Setting destination or waypoint route that has already been set. A total of 6
(page 3-48) destinations or waypoints can be set.
*
5 Current waypoint: 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Route].
Changes or deletes the waypoint.
Editing/deleting destination or waypoint
2. Touch [Edit/Add to Route].
(page 3-49)
LNE0133X
*
6 Condition for calculating a route to a waypoint:
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Route]. Changes the conditions for calculating a route to
a waypoint.
2. Touch [Edit/Add to Route].
Changing route calculation conditions
3. Touch the preferred condition. (page 3-51)
4. After finishing the setting, touch [Calculate]. *
7 [Calculate]:
The system will recalculate the routes. After Manually search for the route again after chan-
LNE0134X
the route search is completed, the display ging the search conditions and have the system
will automatically return to the current calculate a route. 3. Touch [Add Destination] or [Add Waypoint].
Changing route calculation conditions
location map screen. (page 3-51) If [Add Destination] is selected, the current
Available settings destination changes to a waypoint.
*
1 Adds a destination.
(page 3-48)
*
2 Current destination:
Changes or deletes the destination.
Editing/deleting destination or waypoint
3-48 Navigation

(101,1)
INFO: INFO:
Even after setting a destination/waypoint, . The prior route is automatically deleted.
the destination/waypoint location can be . Added waypoints and search conditions will
adjusted, the route can be stored, etc. not be taken into consideration for the route
Editing/deleting destination or way- calculation until [Calculate] is touched.
point (page 3-49)
Editing/deleting destination or
LNE0135X
waypoint GUID-CD749FF6-3A0C-4C28-9B11-71083532CB3D
4. Set a destination or waypoint. The method of The destination or waypoint that has already
searching for a destination or waypoint is the been set can be modified or deleted. If a location
same as the one for a destination. is modified or deleted when a suggested route is
Setting destination (page 3-17) already set, the prior suggested route will be
recalculated accordingly.
LNE0137X 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Route].
6. Return to the Edit Route screen. Set the 2. Touch [Edit/Add to Route].
route conditions as necessary.
7. Touch [Calculate]. The system will recalcu-
late the routes. After the route search is
LNE0136X
completed, the display will automatically
return to the current location map screen.
5. The selected location is displayed at the
center of the map. Touch [Add to Route]
after confirming the location. LNE0138X
3. Touch a destination or waypoint that is

already set.
Navigation 3-49

(102,1)
4. Touch the item you would like to set. 5. By touching [Calculate], the system will 2. Touch [Change Order]. A list of the destina-
Available settings recalculate the routes. After the route search tion and waypoint.
. [Move Dest.]: is completed, the display will automatically
The location of the destination or way-
point can be adjusted by moving the
cross pointer across the map. INFO:
. [Change Order]:
If the destination is deleted, the final waypoint of
The order of a destination and waypoints the route becomes the destination.
that have already been set can be
changed. Changing order of destination and way-
LNE0347X
points:
. [Delete]:
1. Touch a destination or waypoint that is 3. Touch a preferred destination or waypoint to
The destination or waypoint that has already set. replace the previously selected destination
already been set can be deleted.
or waypoint. A message is displayed and the
order of the destination or waypoint is
changed.
3-50 Navigation

(103,1)
4. By touching [Calculate], the system will 3. Touch the preferred section of the route to 5. The conditions have been changed and the
recalculate the routes. After the route search the destination or waypoint. display returns to the Edit Route screen.
is completed, the display will automatically
Changing route calculation condi-
tions GUID-2CFF4089-B7EE-40B4-A210-DBBEF76EF02B
Each section of the route between waypoints
can have different route calculation conditions.
After setting these conditions, the entire route
LNE0908X LNE0910X
can be recalculated.
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Route]. 4. Touch the preferred condition. 6. By touching [Calculate], the system will
2. Touch [Edit/Add to Route]. Available conditions recalculate the routes. After the route search
is completed, the display will automatically
: [ECO Route]
: [Fastest Route]
: [Minimize Freeway]
: [Shortest Route]
Navigation 3-51

(104,1)
INFO: 3. Touch the preferred item. Using turn list

GUID-2C53AF7F-F745-4271-9D64-1569FF4BD698
. The recalculated route may not be the Available settings

shortest route because the system priori- . [Turn List]:
tizes roads that are easy to drive on for Displays details of the suggested route.
safety reasons. Using turn list (page 3-52)
. If the route conditions are set from [Route . [Simulation]:
Settings], all sections in the route are Displays a simulation of the suggested
subject to the same route conditions. This route. This function provides a detailed
applies even if different route conditions LNE0146X
image of the route with voice guidance.
have been set for different sections in [Edit/ Confirming route by simulation 1. Touch [Turn List].
Add to Route]. (page 3-52)
2. The information (e.g., intersections) can be
CONFIRMING ROUTE . [Store Route]: confirmed on the route to the destination by
GUID-8380AE42-38D8-42D3-97CA-30057A7ADCE9
Stores a calculated route. A maximum of 5 scrolling the screen touching [ ] or [ ].
When the suggested route is displayed after
routes can be stored. Stored routes can be
calculation, the route information can be con- 3. Push the MAP button to return to the
easily retrieved and set as the suggested
firmed or the suggested route can be simulated. current location map screen.
route.
Storing route (page 3-60) ConfirmingGUID-CEB3C1D4-E5CE-4780-89A4-E951C4C77B5C
route by simulation
. [Map Scroll]:
Displays a map screen where the location of
the destination can be confirmed.
LNE0145X
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Route]. LNE0147X

2. Touch [Route Info]. 1. Touch [Simulation]. Route simulation starts.
3-52 Navigation

(105,1)
2. Touch the preferred key. 3. Touch the item you would like to set.
: Pauses the simulation. Available settings
: Resumes the simulation. . [Guidance Voice]:
: Ends the simulation. Activates or deactivates voice guidance. The
3. Push the MAP button to return to the indicator illuminates if voice guidance is
current location map screen. activated.
. [Guidance Volume]: LNE0150X
INFO: Adjust the volume level of voice guidance by
touching [+] or [-]. 2. Touch [Recalculate]. A message is dis-
During simulation, the map scale can be played, and the route is recalculated.
. [Traffic Announcement]:
changed by touching [ZOOM IN] or [ZOOM
OUT]. While the map scale is being changed, Provides an announcement of a traffic
the simulation is temporarily stopped. information event on the route. The indicator
illuminates if traffic announcement is acti-
VOICE GUIDANCE SETTINGS
GUID-75370F80-5320-477C-988F-6D8204FFCE50
vated.
Various guidance settings can be set.
INFO:
The guidance volume can also be adjusted by LNE0151X
turning the audio system volume control button
or pushing <+>/<> on the steering wheel 3. Set the route conditions. After finishing the
while voice guidance is being announced. setting, touch [Start].
RECALCULATING ROUTE
GUID-338AF520-F4FD-419B-8060-6AF4890C9F43 (page 3-39)
LNE0148X A route can be manually searched again after
changing the search condition.
1. Push the MENU button and Touch [Route]. 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Route].
2. Touch [Guidance Settings].
Navigation 3-53

(106,1)
INFO: INFO: 3. When the detour search is successful,

detailed information about the detour route
. When a waypoint has been set on the route, . When the vehicle has deviated from the
(left screen) and the comparison screen of
the system will search for only one route, suggested route, [Detour] cannot be se-
the two routes (right screen) are displayed.
even if route recalculation is performed. lected.
. When the vehicle deviates from the sug- . If the system cannot calculate a detour with
*
1 Detour route (pink)
gested route, the route from the current the specified conditions, it displays the
*
2 Original route (yellow)
location to the destination is automatically previous suggested route.

*
3 The change of distance and estimated travel
time to destination when the detour route is
searched again. . If the vehicle is traveling very fast, the detour taken.
Detailed route settings (page 3-56) route may start from a location that the 4. To accept the suggested detour route, touch
vehicle has already passed. [Yes].
SETTING DETOUR ROUTE
GUID-69587962-3FE9-4EAB-B845-77B0F01E889C
To detour from the suggested route, a route SEARCHING FOR DETOUR ROUTE
INFO:
detouring for a specified distance can be USING TRAFFIC INFORMATION
GUID-0A49E97D-AC1D-49EB-B83A-39F16B0B4406
calculated. When a serious traffic event occurs on the route, . If no route is set, or [Use Real Time Traffic
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Route]. or if the system finds a faster route, a detour alert Information] is turned off, this function
will pop up automatically. If the automatic alert is cannot be operated.
2. Touch [Detour].
not noticed, a detour can also be manually . If a detour route is not selected and no
searched. further action is performed, the detour route
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Route]. will be automatically canceled.
. The detour suggestion can be retrieved even
2. Touch [Traffic Detour].
after the message disappears by manually
selecting [Traffic Detour]. The system will
then search for the detour again and will
suggest a detour if one is available at that
LNE0154X time.
3. Touch a detour distance. After calculating . Without a subscription to an NavTraffic
the detour, the system displays the detour broadcast, it will not be possible to get a
route on the map. traffic detour or apply settings for functions
LNE0155X related to traffic information. A message
3-54 Navigation

(107,1)
appears when a related menu item is INFO: 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Route].
selected. 2. Touch [Route Settings].
. If no operation is performed for one minute
Notes on Nav Traffic information
after the message is displayed, the message 3. Touch [Basic Route Type].
(page 10-38)
disappears. The detour will not be accepted, 4. Touch the preferred condition. The indicator
Automatic detour guidance and the current suggested route will remain for the selected condition illuminates.
GUID-854F6AA1-84E5-4CCD-AD90-94804E5267B5
unchanged.
When [Auto Reroute] and [Use Real Time Traffic 5. When the conditions are set, the system
Information] are turned on in the detailed route . When [Traffic Announcement] is turned on in
starts calculating the route with the new
settings, a message will automatically pop up the guidance settings, the system will
conditions, and the current location map
when the system finds a detour. announce voice guidance at the same time
Detailed route settings (page 3-56) that the message appears on the screen.
Voice guidance settings (page 3-53) Available conditions
. [ECO Route]:
SETTING CONDITIONS FOR ROUTE Prioritizes the route with the lowest energy
CALCULATION
GUID-EC0E25BE-AFAB-4DA5-8CA3-803C4E2B9B28 consumption.
Search condition settings . [Fastest Route]:
GUID-825FF3A0-E936-4F64-AEE0-DF31FE64F223
The route can be recalculated after changing the Prioritizes the fastest time.
route calculation conditions anywhere along the . [Minimize Freeway]:
LNE0156X route. Minimizes the use of freeways.
. [Shortest Route]:
1. If a traffic jam or a serious traffic problem
Prioritizes the shortest route.
occurs on the route while driving along the
suggested route, the automatic detour route
INFO:
search starts and a message pops up if a
detour is found. Only one of these conditions can be utilized at a
2. To accept the suggested detour route, touch time.
[Yes]. LNE0911X
Navigation 3-55

(108,1)
Detailed route settings

GUID-7BFCF6AB-A2AC-4153-8FB6-ED6583B12AE7
. [Use Real Time Traffic Information]: fore, the suggested route may include a road
Detailed conditions can be set for the route Uses the latest traffic information received subject to traffic regulations concerning the
calculation. via the SiriusXM broadcast. time or day of the week. When driving along
. [Use Avoid Area Settings]: the route, always follow all traffic regulations
regardless of whether [Use Time Restricted
Enables the avoid area setting.
Roads] is set to on or off.
. [Use Ferries]:
. If the system cannot calculate any alternative
Includes the use of ferries.
routes, it displays the previous route.
. [Auto Reroute]:
. If the vehicle greatly deviates from the
If the vehicle deviates from the suggested suggested route, the system calculates a
route, the system automatically recalculates new route.
LNE0158X a route that leads the vehicle to the
. Statistical traffic information is based on
suggested route.
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Route]. previous traffic data. When the traffic situa-
2. Touch [Route Settings]. tion rapidly changes due to unexpected
INFO: accidents, construction work, traffic restric-
3. Touch [Other Routing Choices]. tions, emergencies, etc., the prediction
. The recalculated route may not be the
4. Touch the preferred condition. The indicator shortest route because the system priori- accuracy of the system may be reduced.
for the selected condition illuminates. tizes roads that are easy to drive on for . Traffic jam information displayed on the map
5. If [Route Settings] is exited after changing safety reasons. screen is not statistical traffic information.
the settings, the system starts calculating . If route conditions are set from [Route . Even when [Use Real Time Traffic Informa-
the route with the new conditions. Settings], all sections in the route are tion] is turned on, if traffic information has
Available settings subject to the same route conditions even not been provided for the area, sometimes it
though different route conditions have been is possible that a detour will not be indicated
. [Minimize Toll Roads]:
set for different sections in [Edit/Add to in a location where a traffic jam occurs.
Minimizes the use of toll roads.
Route]. . The system may not lead to a detour if traffic
. [Use Time Restricted Roads]: closure or a traffic jam occurs far from the
. If [Use Time Restricted Roads] is deacti-
Uses any roads subject to time restrictions. vated, the system calculates a route without present location.
any consideration of the regulations con-
cerning the time or day of the week. There-
3-56 Navigation

(109,1)
. The system calculates to reduce the time Available settings INFO:

required for the entire route from the start to . [Guidance Volume]: The guidance volume can also be adjusted by
the destination. If there are no appropriate
Adjusts the volume level of voice guidance turning the audio system volume control button
routes, the system may lead to a route where
by touching [+] or [-]. or pushing <+>/<> on the steering wheel
a traffic jam occurs instead of leading to a
. [Guidance Voice]: while voice guidance is being announced.
detour.
Activates or deactivates voice guidance. The Setting voice guidance at intersec-
ROUTE GUIDANCE SETTINGS indicator illuminates if voice guidance is
GUID-B305A766-8852-4620-9FC5-A9AFBECB3ECD tions
Various guidance information can be set to be activated. The indicator illuminates if voice GUID-CCE0563B-FDDB-4C34-BEC6-C61D5329D987
played during route guidance and the route and/ guidance is activated.
or voice guidance can be activated or deacti- . [Traffic Announcement]:
vated. Provides an announcement of a traffic
information event on the route. The indicator
illuminates if traffic announcement is acti-
vated.
. [Intersection Guidance Settings]:
LNE0160X
Sets advanced settings for the voice gui-
dance announced at guide points. 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set-
Route guidance settings tings].
LNE0159X (page 3-57) 2. Touch [Navigation].
. [Estimated Time]:
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set- 3. Touch [Guidance Settings].
Switches the display of the estimated travel
tings]. time to the destination or waypoint that is 4. Touch [Intersection Guidance Settings].
2. Touch [Navigation]. displayed on the map screen. 5. Touch the preferred item. The indicator for
3. Touch [Guidance Settings]. Switching estimated arrival time dis- the selected item illuminates.
play (page 3-58) Available settings
. [Full]:
The system announces voice guidance
twice: "1 Guide" and "2 Guide".
Navigation 3-57

(110,1)
STORING A LOCATION/ROUTE
. [Concise]: 5. Touch [Waypoint]. The indicator for the GUID-D56E2757-E480-448D-84DE-0D0260214C62
The system announces voice guidance selected condition illuminates. STORING LOCATION
GUID-544965B9-F333-49EA-BE90-4D6BE51EE5F0
once: "1 Guide". 6. Push the MAP button to return to the Often visited locations can be stored in the
. [Turning Point]: current location map screen. Address Book. The stored addresses can be
Turns on the sound that chimes when a easily retrieved to set them as a destination or
maneuver should be performed. waypoint. The Address Book can store up to
200 locations.
Switching estimated arrival time
display GUID-BBA50524-9E39-4B45-91CA-5DC29C4F3FA1 INFO:
The display of the travel time on the map screen
can be switched between the travel time to the If charging station information you have used is
destination and the travel time to the waypoint. not stored in the system, the location will be
LNE0162X automatically registered in the Address Book.
Example: Switching the display to the travel time Unique EV function settings (page 2-14)
to the waypoint 7. The icon displayed on the map screen is
switched and the travel time to the waypoint Storing location by searching
GUID-6B0517E8-1830-49EB-812C-0BAA64EC0CEA
is displayed. After a location is searched for once, it can be
tings].
Displayed icon stored for future use.
: Display of the travel time to the destination 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set-
3. Touch [Guidance Settings].
: Display of the travel time to the waypoint tings].
4. Touch [Estimated Time].
LNE0161X
LNE0163X
3-58 Navigation

(111,1)
3. Touch [Address Book]. 6. Touch the appropriate method to search for INFO:
a location.
When the location is stored in the Address
Setting destination (page 3-17)
Book, [Address Book] can be used to search for
the location.
Other settings:
An address can also be stored using the
following procedure.
LNE0164X 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Destina-
tion].
4. Touch [Stored Location]. LNE0167X 2. Touch [Address Book].
7. When a preferred location is displayed at 3. Touch [Add New].
the center of the map, confirm the address 4. Touch the appropriate method to search for
of the location and touch [OK]. A message is a location. The address of the searched
displayed, and the address of the location is location is stored.
stored in the Address Book. Setting destination (page 3-17)
Storing current vehicle location
GUID-EE58B542-A554-45FF-8D3D-8EB0D4885CAB
LNE0165X 1. Push the MAP button to display the current
5. Touch [Add New]. location map screen.
2. Touch [Map Menu] at the current vehicle
location.
LNE0168X
8. Adjust the location of the stored item and

edit the contents of the stored item as
necessary. After finishing the setting, touch
LNE0166X
[OK].
Navigation 3-59

(112,1)
INFO: 3. The icon representing the stored location is

displayed on the map. Push the MAP button
The location is stored in the first available
to return to the current location map screen.
position number in the Address Book list.
Storing location by moving map
GUID-F725F4DF-5CDD-4070-ADB6-D4BF2474895F
INFO:
1. Move to the preferred location on the map The address is stored in the first available
and touch [Map Menu]. position number in the Address Book list.
LNE0933X
STORING ROUTE
3. Touch [Store Location]. A message is GUID-B3907DCE-924F-48C0-BAC8-A06712252587
displayed, and the current vehicle location A maximum of 5 calculated routes can be
is stored in the Address Book. stored. Stored routes can be easily retrieved
and set as the suggested route.
INFO:
LNE0173X Stored route includes only locations (destination
2. Touch [Store Location]. A message is and waypoints) and route calculation conditions,
displayed, and the address of the location not the route itself.
is stored in the Address Book. 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Route].
LNE0934X
4. The icon representing the stored location is

displayed on the map.
Push the MAP button to return to the
LNE0174X LNE0175X
3-60 Navigation

(113,1)
2. Touch [Route Info]. 2. Touch [Navigation]. 1. Push the MENU and touch [Settings].
3. Touch [Address Book]. 2. Touch [Navigation].
4. Touch [Stored Routes].
5. Touch [Store Current Route]. A confirmation
message is displayed.
6. Confirm the contents of the message then
touch [Yes]. The current route is stored.
LNE0176X
INFO:
LNE0178X
3. Touch [Store Route]. A confirmation mes-
sage is displayed. . The route is stored in the first available
position number in the store current route 3. Touch [Address Book].
list.
. A maximum of 5 routes can be stored. When
5 routes are stored in the Address Book, a
new route cannot be stored until a route is
deleted.
Deleting stored item (page 3-68)
. If any waypoints are not set on the route, the
LNE0177X
route cannot be stored. LNE0179X
4. Confirm the contents of the message then 4. Touch [Avoid Area].

touch [Yes]. The current route is stored.
STORING AVOID AREA
GUID-495A7589-BA25-41EF-82F6-33DEBDE7742E
An Avoid Area can be stored. The Avoid Area is
Other settings
an area that can be excluded from a route, such
A route can also be stored using the following as a road that is always congested. Once Avoid
procedure. Areas are stored, the system avoids those areas
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set- when calculating a route. Up to 10 Avoid Areas
tings]. can be stored.
Navigation 3-61

(114,1)

tings].
3. Touch [Address Book].
4. Touch the item you would like to edit.
Available settings
LNE0180X LNE0182X . [Home Location]:
5. Touch [Add New]. 7. Adjust the location of the stored item and Edits the information of a stored home.
edit the contents of the stored item as Editing stored home and address
INFO: necessary. (page 3-63)
Editing avoid area (page 3-66) . [Stored Location]:
A maximum of 10 Avoid Areas can be Edits the information of a stored location.
stored. When 10 Avoid Areas are already 8. After finishing the setting, touch [OK].
Editing stored home and address
stored, a new Avoid Area cannot be stored EDITING ADDRESS BOOK (page 3-63)
GUID-39CF1CB1-4830-4B51-BE7E-70154B58A89C
until a currently stored Avoid Area is deleted.
Items stored in the Address Book can be . [Stored Routes]:
Deleting stored item (page 3-68)
modified. These settings can be edited to make Edits the information of a stored route.
the navigation system more useful. Editing stored route (page 3-66)
. [Avoid Area]:
Edits the information of a stored Avoid Area.
Editing avoid area (page 3-66)
. [Delete Stored Items]:
Deletes a stored location or route.
LNE0181X Deleting all stored items (page 3-69)
. [Transfer Address Book]:
6. Touch the appropriate method to search for LNE0183X
Imports or exports the data of the stored
a location. items using an SD card.
Setting destination (page 3-17) Transferring information to/from ad-
3-62 Navigation

(115,1)
dress book (page 3-70) Show Icon on Map:

Editing stored home and address Displays the home icon or the stored address
GUID-D9E4FAC6-0EAD-4C1E-9D3C-A1EBC19926E1 icon on the map.
1. Touch [Home Location] or [Stored Location].
LNE0185X

Available settings
LNE0186X
LNE0184X . [Edit]:
Edits the stored address information. 1. Touch [Show Icon on Map].
2. Touch the preferred stored address from the
. [Move Location]: 2. The indicator illuminates when the item is
list.
Adjusts the location of the stored ad- set. Then the system displays the icon on
dress. the map.
INFO:
. [Delete]:
Name (only for stored addresses):
. When [Home Location] is touched, it is
not necessary to be perform "step 2". Deletes the stored address. Changes the name of a stored address.
. [OK]:
. Touching [Sort] displays a list of various
sort functions. To use the sort functions, Applies the settings.
stored addresses must be set in ad-
vance. Minor adjustment of home or stored
Minor adjustment of home or address GUID-EFC94F68-9CBF-4857-9316-88B5EE1BD9F4
stored address (page 3-63) When [Edit] is selected, you can edit the
following items of the home or stored address
can be edited. LNE0187X
Navigation 3-63

(116,1)
1. Touch [Name]. A character input screen is . [Normal Charge Station]:

displayed. The location is a charging station that is
equipped with normal charging equip-
2. Enter the preferred name for the stored ment.
address.
Character (letters and numbers) input
. [Not a Charge Station]:
screen (page 1-7) The location is not charging station.
3. After finishing the entry, Touch [OK]. The Icon:
LNE0190X
name is stored. Changes the icon of the home or stored address
Charging Sta. Att. (only for stored ad- to the preferred one. By changing the icons, the 1. Touch [Sound]. A sound list is displayed.
dresses): usage of the [Sorted By Icon] option of the sort 2. Touch the preferred alarm tone. The indica-
The attributes for the charging station located in function can be optimized more effectively tor of the selected alarm tone illuminates.
the area that is registered can be set. ([Sort] menu situation).
Direction:
Sets the alarm to sound when approaching from
a specific direction.
LNE0189X
LNE0243X
1. Touch [ChargingSta.Att.]. 1. Touch [Icon]. A list of icons is displayed.

2. Touch the item you would like to set. The 2. Touch the preferred icon from the list. The LNE0191X
indicator illuminates when the item is set. icon is changed.

1. Touch [Direction]. A map screen with the
Available settings Sound: home or stored address located on the map
. [Quick Charge Station]: Sets the tone of the alarm that sounds when the center is displayed.
The location is a charging station that is vehicle approaches the home or a stored
equipped with quick charging equipment. address.
3-64 Navigation

(117,1)
2. Set the direction that sounds the alarm by Available distance options: 3. Touch [OK]. The telephone number is
touching [ ] or [ ]. . 150 feet (50 m) stored.
3. Touch [OK]. The selected direction is set. . 300 feet (100 m) Group (only for stored addresses):
. 1000 feet (300 m) This groups the stored addresses. By grouping
INFO: . 1500 feet (500 m) the stored addresses, the [Sorted By Group]
After the direction is set and [Direction] is option of the sort function can be used more
selected and set again, a confirmation message INFO: effectively in the [Sort] mode.
is displayed. Confirm the contents of the
Once the direction and the distance to sound an
message then touch [Yes]. The set direction is
alarm are set, the system will sound the alarm
overwritten.
when the vehicle enters the triggering zone.
Distance:
Phone number:
Sets the alarm to sound when reaching a
Stores the telephone number of the home or a
specific distance to the home or stored address.
stored address.
LNE0194X
1. Touch [Group].
2. Touch the preferred group. When the
indicator of the selected group illuminates,
the stored address is classified into the
applicable group.
LNE0192X
LNE0193X Entry Numbers (only for stored addresses):
1. Touch [Distance]. Index the position numbers of any two stored
1. Touch [Phone No.]. The telephone number
2. Touch the preferred distance option. The entry screen is displayed. addresses in the list.
indicator of the selected distance illumi-
2. Enter the telephone number of the home or
nates.
stored address.
Phone number input screen
(page 1-8)
Navigation 3-65

(118,1)
. [OK]:
Applies the settings.
Editing avoid area
GUID-7741D32C-748E-4BE2-9BE8-E72FF75E70C6
1. Touch [Avoid Area]. A list screen is dis-
played.
LNE0195X LNE0197X
1. Touch [Entry Numbers]. A list of stored 3. Touch the preferred item to edit from the list
addresses is displayed. on the right side of the screen.
2. Touch the stored addresses that you want to 4. After finishing the editing, touch [OK].
change. The position numbers of the se-
lected stored addresses are changed. INFO: LNE0198X
Editing stored route
GUID-FA819EB7-2462-4CCA-9FCA-6945BF4DA07F
If [Store Current Route] is selected, the system 2. Touch the preferred Avoid Area from the list.
1. Touch [Stored Routes]. A list screen is stores the current route. The edit screen of the selected Avoid Area is
displayed. Available settings displayed.
. [Rename]:
Changes the name.
Character (letters and numbers) input
screen (page 1-7)
. [Replace]:
Overwrites the stored route to the current
route.
LNE0196X . [Delete]: LNE0199X
2. Touch the preferred stored route from the Deletes the stored route. 3. Touch the item you would like to set.
list. The edit screen of the selected route is
displayed.
3-66 Navigation

(119,1)
Available settings Rename: 3. After adjusting the location, touch [OK].

. [Rename]:
Resize area:
Changes the name of an Avoid Area.
. [Move Location]:
Adjusts the location of the Avoid Area.

. [Resize Area]:
Adjusts the range of the Avoid Area.

. [FWY]: LNE0200X
Sets the route to avoid freeways. LNE0202X
1. Touch [Rename]. A character input screen is
. [Delete]:
displayed.
1. Touch [Resize Area].
Deletes the Avoid Area. 2. Enter the preferred name for the avoid area.
. [OK]:
2. Touch the range from 5 available levels.
3. Touch [OK]. The name is stored.
Applies the setting. FWY:
Move location:
4. After finishing the setting, touch [OK].
INFO:
An Avoid Area can be added by selecting [Add
New].
Storing avoid area (page 3-61)
LNE0203X
LNE0201X
1. To include freeways in the Avoid Area, touch
1. Touch [Move Location]. [FWY] to illuminate this indicator.
2. Adjust the location of the Avoid Area.
Navigation 3-67

(120,1)
Delete: Deleting stored item individually

GUID-B68C2A81-E5C0-4DB2-A740-FC904C09AB2A
You can delete stored addresses, routes and
avoid areas individually.
tings].
LNE0204X
LNE0205X
2. The Avoid Area is displayed in green if it
includes a freeway or in blue if it does not 1. Touch [Delete]. A confirmation message is
include a freeway. displayed.
2. Confirm the contents of the message, then
INFO:
touch [Yes]. The stored item is deleted from
If the current vehicle location is set to an Avoid the Address Book. LNE0206X
Area, the system will not provide route guidance.
DELETING STORED ITEM
GUID-A49F7444-AEBA-437D-B1BF-DA7457A3F577
3. Touch [Address Book].
The locations and routes in the Address Book Example: [Stored Location] is touched.
can be deleted. Two deletion methods are
available: deleting an individual item and delet-
ing all stored items.
INFO:
Deleted items cannot be restored. Before
deleting an item, always make sure that the item
is no longer needed. LNE0207X
4. Touch the preferred item for deletion.
3-68 Navigation

(121,1)
5. Touch the preferred location/route for dele- 7. Confirm the contents of the message, then 2. Touch [Delete]. A confirmation message is
tion. touch [Yes]. The stored item is deleted from displayed.
the Address Book.
Other settings
All stored addresses can also be deleted using
the following procedure.
tings].
LNE0209X
2. Touch [Navigation]. LNE0212X
3. Touch [Deletes Stored Information].
6. Touch [Delete]. A confirmation message is 3. Confirm the contents of the message, then
displayed. Deleting individual item on map
GUID-62D39B7F-7242-4DA7-8F88-21A769ADE3F7 touch [Yes]. The stored item is deleted from
1. Align the cross pointer over the preferred the Address Book.
stored location for deletion by moving on the
map. Then touch [Map Menu].
Deleting allGUID-8F02D2CE-673F-40F0-AAD0-245BC7327EBF
stored items
tings].
Navigation 3-69

(122,1)
5. Touch the preferred item for deletion. A

confirmation message is displayed.
Items that can be deleted
. [Delete Home Location]:
Delete the home location.
. [Delete Address Book]:
LNE0213X Delete all stored locations. LNE0216X

. [Delete Stored Routes]:
3. Touch [Address Book]. 6. Confirm the contents of the message, then
Delete all stored routes. touch [Yes]. The stored items are deleted
. [Delete Avoid Areas]: from the Address Book.
Delete all stored Avoid Areas. Other settings
. [Delete Previous Destinations]:
All stored addresses can also be deleted using
[Delete All Previous Destinations]: the following procedure.
Delete all previous destinations. 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set-
[Delete One]: tings].
LNE0214X
Delete one of the previous destina- 2. Touch [Navigation].
4. Touch [Delete Stored Items]. tions. 3. Touch [Deletes Stored Information].
[Delete Previous Start Point]:
TRANSFERRING INFORMATION TO/
Delete the previous start points. FROM ADDRESS BOOK
GUID-B7873C71-598C-4932-8803-CBC69508D849
The information of the stored home and ad-
dresses can be exported and imported using an
SD card.
LNE0215X
3-70 Navigation

(123,1)
5. Touch [Address Book]. 8. Touch a stored item from the list. The
indicator of the selected item illuminates.
LNE0218X
LNH0025X LNE0221X
6. Touch [Transfer Address Book].
1. Push OPEN/TILT button to open the 9. Touch [Download].
monitor.
2. Remove the cover to access the SD card INFO:
slot. Insert an SD card into side slot on the . Do not remove the SD card or turn off the
left side. power while reading or writing the data. This
3. Push the MENU button and touch [Set- may cause data corruption or data loss.
tings]. . Writing is impossible when the lock switch
LNE0219X of the SD card is set to the lock position.
7. Touch [Export Data] or [Import Data]. Release the lock switch before use.
. If the SD card already has the data for a
stored address, a confirmation message is
displayed. Once overwritten, the original
data cannot be recovered.
. An SD card to transfer data to the system is
not provided with the vehicle. Use a
LNE0217X
separately purchased SD card to transfer
data.
LNE0220X
Navigation 3-71

(124,1)
NAVIGATION SETTINGS
GUID-9D8690FE-57C7-4383-A650-C4EAEDB9B2D7
. An SD card containing map data is provided The navigation system can be set in details . [Guidance Settings]:
with the vehicle and is inserted in the right according to the users preference. Set the various functions for route guidance.
hand slot of the system. To transfer the data, Voice guidance settings (page 3-53)
always insert an SD card in the slot on the . [Route Settings]:
left side.
Change the route preferences.
. The data that was transferred into an SD Detailed route settings (page 3-56)
card cannot be used by other navigation
. [Traffic Info Settings]:
systems.
Set the various functions of the NavTraffic
information system.
LNE0223X Traffic information settings
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set- (page 6-10)
tings]. . [Speed Limit indication on Map]:
2. Touch [Navigation]. Display speed limit information.
Speed limit indication on map
3. Touch the item you would like to set. (page 3-73)
Available settings . [Others]:
. [Address Book]: Display other setting items.
Store locations and routes, and edit the Other navigation settings
stored items. (page 3-73)
Storing location (page 3-38) . [Delete Stored Information]:
. [Map View]: Delete stored locations and the home
Set the display method and the direction of setting in the Address Book.
the map. Deleting stored item (page 3-68)
Changing map view (page 3-8) . [Delete Previous Destinations]:
. [Map Icons]: Delete previous destinations and previous
Set the map icons to display on the map. start points individually.
Displaying map icons (page 3-12) Deleting all stored items (page 3-69)
3-72 Navigation

(125,1)
. [Reset All Navigation Settings to Default]: OTHER NAVIGATION SETTINGS

GUID-B70F87A2-B892-4DF9-A90A-268F68B951D1
. [Customize Nearby Places]:
Reset all of the settings to default. Set the category of frequently visited nearby
Resetting all navigation settings to places.
default (page 3-76) Customizing Nearby Places
(page 3-74)
SPEED LIMIT INDICATION ON MAP
GUID-74F952D7-370C-42F5-8BAB-781340471476 . [Keyboard Type]:
Turn the [Speed Limit Indication on Map] display
Switches the keyboard layout for the char-
on or off. The indicator light illuminates when the
acter input screen.
speed limit display function is set to on.
LNE0225X Settings keyboard layout of character
input screen (page 3-74)
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set- . [North Up when Zoomed Out]:
tings].
When this setting is ON, the orientation of
2. Touch [Navigation]. the map is automatically changed to North
3. Touch [Others]. Up when the widest map scale is selected.
4. Touch the item you would like to set. The orientation is changed to North Up even
when Heading Up is set.
LNE0224X Available settings
. [Adjust Current Location]:
. [Audio Display on Map]: Corrects the position of the current location.
1. Touch [Speed Limit Indication on Map] to
Allows the audio information to be displayed Adjusting current vehicle location
toggle the function between on and off. The
at all times. (page 3-75)
indicator light illuminates when the speed
Displaying audio information on map
limit display function is set to on.
screen (page 3-73) Displaying audio information on
. [Map Scrolling Information]: map screenGUID-B259E4C6-1EF1-455C-AE6F-FF1453DB4A23
Sets the system so that when the map The operating status of audio functions can be
scrolls the information about the location displayed on the map screen.
aligned at the center of the cross pointer is 1. Touch [Others].
displayed.
Map scrolling information
(page 3-13)
Navigation 3-73

(126,1)
Customizing Nearby Places

GUID-A4E50221-4823-4EA9-82A7-F33DD5C56E4D
4. Touch a main category. The sub category list
The categories can be customized for searching is displayed.
places of interest nearby.
The modified list of points of interest can be
used for searching for a location using [Nearby
Points of Interest].
LNE0226X 1. Touch [Others].
2. Touch [Customize Nearby Places].
2. Touch [Audio Display on Map]. The indicator
illuminates when the item is set. LNE0230X
3. Push the MAP button to return to the 5. Touch a sub category. The category setting
current location map screen. is modified.
Settings keyboard layout of charac-
ter input screen
GUID-015D713B-5749-42AB-A5C8-6F76F2EECE39
The keyboard layout of the character input
LNE0228X
screen can be set to either the ABC or
3. Touch the preferred item. The main category QWERTY layout, depending on the users
list is displayed. preference.
LNE0227X Example: Switching to the QWERTY layout
1. Touch [Others].
4. On the bottom of the map screen, the
operating status of an audio/visual function 2. Touch [Keyboard Type].
is displayed at all times.
LNE0229X
3-74 Navigation

(127,1)
Adjusting current vehicle location

GUID-C06E4422-837B-4B6E-A88B-5DF87C6FF47C
If the vehicle icon indicating the current vehicle
location is not in the correct position, the
location of the vehicle icon on the map screen
can be adjusted.
INFO:
LNE0231X LNE0234X
. Regardless of the map view setting, the map
3. Touch [QWERTY]. The indicator illuminates is displayed in Plan View when adjusting the 3. Adjust the position of the vehicle icon by
when the item is set. position of the vehicle icon. using touch panel operation. After adjusting
. When correcting the position of the vehicle the position of the vehicle icon, touch [OK].
icon, the map is automatically displayed in
the North Up mode. After finishing the
correction, the map restores the current
orientation setting.
. The position and direction of the vehicle icon
may be misaligned depending on the
LNE0233X external conditions and environment.
QWERTY layout . If the vehicle icon is misaligned, drive for a LNE0235X
while in a location where GPS signals can
be received. This may correct the position of 4. Adjust the direction of the vehicle icon by
the vehicle icon. touching [ ] or [ ].
Vehicle icon (page 10-10)
1. Touch [Others].
2. Touch [Adjust Current Location]. The current
LNE0232X
location map screen is displayed.
ABC layout
Navigation 3-75

(128,1)
LNE0236X LNE0237X
5. After adjusting the direction of the vehicle 3. Touch [Reset All Navigation Settings to
icon, touch [OK]. A message is displayed, Default].
and the adjusted vehicle location is stored.
RESETTING ALL NAVIGATION SET-
TINGS TO GUID-70BDDBEB-12DC-49D8-AE82-AEEC91A2A13A
DEFAULT
This restores various settings (display, volume
level, etc.) to the default settings.
INFO:
LNE0238X
The memory contents, such as the stored
4. A confirmation message is displayed. Con-
locations, will not be deleted.
firm the contents of the message, then touch
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set- [Yes].
tings].
3-76 Navigation

(129,1)
4 Audio system
Audio operation precautions ...................................................

... 4-2 FM-AM-SAT radio operation ........................................
... 4-11
Radio .......................................................................................
... 4-2 Compact Disc (CD) player operation ........................
... 4-13
Compact Disc (CD) player ................................................
... 4-3 iPod player operation ..................................................
... 4-15
USB (Universal Serial Bus) ...............................................
... 4-4 Pandora operation (if so equipped) ........................
... 4-16
iPod player and iPhone .................................................
... 4-5 USB memory operation .................................................
... 4-18
Compressed Audio Files (MP3/WMA) .......................... ... 4-7 Bluetooth streaming audio operation ......................... 4-19
Bluetooth streaming audio ...........................................
... 4-10 Auxiliary input jack ..........................................................
... 4-22
FM-AM-SAT radio with compact disc (CD) player ........ ... 4-10 Steering wheel switches for audio control .............. ... 4-23
Audio main operation .......................................................
... 4-10

(130,1)
AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS

GUID-B0DBBB37-B849-425F-902A-DDABE30FE9B4
RADIO function in your NISSAN radio system. miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural (single
GUID-2E7BDA12-EFEE-40F2-BD7E-0C1AD5ECA109
Reception conditions will constantly change station) FM having slightly more range than
Push the power switch to the ACC or ON
because of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain, stereo FM. External influences may sometimes
position and push the radio band select button
signal distance and interference from other interfere with FM station reception even if the
to turn on the radio. If you listen to the radio with
vehicles can work against ideal reception. FM station is within 25 miles (40 km). The
the READY to drive indicator light is OFF, the
Described below are some of the factors that strength of the FM signal is directly related to the
power switch should be pushed to the ACC
can affect your radio reception. distance between the transmitter and receiver.
position.
FM signals follow a line-of-sight path, exhibiting
Radio reception is affected by station signal Some cellular phones or other devices may
many of the same characteristics as light. For
strength, distance from radio transmitter, build- cause interference or a buzzing noise to come
example they will reflect off objects.
ings, bridges, mountains and other external from the audio system speakers. Storing the
device in a different location may reduce or Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away from
influences. Intermittent changes in reception
eliminate the noise. a station transmitter, the signals will tend to fade
quality normally are caused by these external
and/or drift.
influences. While charging the vehicle, radio programs may
not be tuned in to because the reception of the Static and flutter: During signal interference from
Using a cellular phone in or near the
radio becomes weak. buildings, large hills or due to antenna position,
vehicle may influence radio reception
usually in conjunction with increased distance
quality.
FM radio reception
GUID-275BC1BF-3C52-437B-9A90-2B55439E4402
from the station transmitter, static or flutter can
Radio reception
GUID-89FE3704-0B57-4447-88CD-7BD9D337A7DC
be heard. This can be reduced by lowering the
Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with treble setting to reduce the treble response.
state-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance Multipath reception: Because of the reflective
radio reception. These circuits are designed to characteristics of FM signals, direct and re-
extend reception range, and to enhance the flected signals reach the receiver at the same
quality of that reception. time. The signals may cancel each other,
However there are some general characteristics resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound.
of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect
radio reception quality in a moving vehicle, even
when the finest equipment is used. These LNF0001X
characteristics are completely normal in a given
reception area, and do not indicate any mal- Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30
4-2 Audio system

(131,1)
AM radio reception
GUID-F3C8ECE4-EFC7-4ED4-9553-9C805FE5ED54
if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite COMPACT GUID-DC5E2611-026D-452C-A4AC-47F0F8806FC5
DISC (CD) PLAYER
AM signals, because of their low frequency, can radio signal.
bend around objects and skip along the ground. If possible, do not put cargo near the satellite
In addition, the signals can bounce off the antenna.
ionosphere and be bent back to earth. Because A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna
of these characteristics, AM signals are also can affect satellite radio performance. Remove
subject to interference as they travel from the ice to restore satellite radio reception.
transmitter to receiver.
Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passing
through freeway underpasses or in areas with
many tall buildings. It can also occur for several
seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in
areas where no obstacles exist.
Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electrical
power lines, electric signs and even traffic lights.
Satellite radio reception
GUID-2273FD6D-FB06-452C-998D-A63512E7162F
When the satellite radio is used for the first time
or the battery has been replaced, the satellite
radio may not work properly. This is not a
malfunction. Wait more than 10 minutes with the
satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any NAI0802
metal or large building for the satellite radio to . Do not force a compact disc into the CD
receive all of the necessary data. insert slot. This could damage the CD and/
The satellite radio mode requires an active or CD player.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription. The sa- . Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed
tellite radio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and could damage the CD and/or CD player.
Guam.
The satellite radio performance may be affected
Audio system 4-3

(132,1)
. During cold weather or rainy days, the player CDs that are warped, scratched, or have USB (Universal Serial Bus)
GUID-B14770CC-B357-4196-BAA4-5BEF948ED871
may malfunction due to the humidity. If this abnormal edges
occurs, remove the CD and dehumidify or . This audio system can only play prerecorded WARNING
ventilate the player completely. CDs. It has no capabilities to record or burn
. The player may skip while driving on rough CDs. Do not connect, disconnect or operate
roads. . If the CD cannot be played, one of the the USB device while driving. Doing so
. The CD player sometimes cannot function following messages will be displayed. can be a distraction. If distracted you
when the passenger compartment tempera- CHECK DISC: could lose control of your vehicle and
ture is extremely high. Decrease the tem- Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly cause an accident or serious injury.
perature before use. (the label side is facing up, etc.).
. Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm) round Confirm that the CD is not bent or
discs that have the "COMPACT disc DIGI- warped and it is free of scratches. CAUTION
TAL AUDIO" logo on the disc or packaging.
PUSH EJECT:
. Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight. . Do not force the USB device into the
This is an error due to the temperature inside
. CDs that are of poor quality, dirty, scratched, USB port. Inserting the USB device
the player being too high. Remove the CD
covered with fingerprints, or that have pin tilted or up-side-down into the port
by pushing the button, and after a short
holes may not work properly. may damage the port. Make sure
time reinsert the CD. The CD can be played
. The following CDs may not work properly: that the USB device is connected
when the temperature of the player returns
correctly into the USB port.
Copy control compact discs (CCCD) to normal.
Recordable compact discs (CD-R) UNPLAYABLE: . Do not grab the USB port cover
when pulling the USB device out of
Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW) The file is unplayable in this audio system
the port. This could damage the port
. Do not use the following CDs as they may (the system only supports CDs containing
and the cover.
cause the CD player to malfunction. MP3 or WMA files).
. Do not leave the USB cable in a
3.1 in (8 cm) discs
place where it can be pulled unin-
CDs that are not round tentionally. Pulling the cable may
CDs with a paper label damage the port.
The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device.

4-4 Audio system

(133,1)
USB devices should be purchased separately . Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause . Some functions may be limited depending
as necessary. a checkmark to be displayed on and off on the model of iPod or iPhone and/or the
This system cannot be used to format USB (flickering). Always make sure that the iPod version of the firmware currently installed.
devices. To format a USB device, use a personal is connected properly. . When connected to the system, the battery
computer. . An iPod nano (1st Generation) may remain of an iPod or iPhone will be recharged.
in fast forward or rewind mode if it is . Do not use headphones or other acces-
In some jurisdictions, the USB device for the
front seats plays only sound without images for
connected during a seek operation. In this sories when an iPod or iPhone is con-
case, please manually reset the iPod. nected to the system. Doing so could
regulatory reasons, even when the vehicle is
parked. . An iPod nano (2nd Generation) will con- prevent the system from operating properly.
tinue to fast-forward or rewind if it is . NISSAN does not accept any responsibility
This system supports various USB memory
disconnected during a seek operation. for any data that may be lost from an iPod
devices, USB hard drives and iPod players.
. An incorrect song title may appear when the or iPhone while it is connected to the
Some USB devices may not be supported by
Play Mode is changed while using an iPod system.
this system.
nano (2nd Generation) . Please refer to the Owners Manual of the
. Partitioned USB devices may not be played
. Audiobooks may not play in the same order iPod or iPhone that is connected to the
correctly.
as they appear on an iPod. system.
. Some characters used in other languages
. An iPod nano (1st Generation) may remain
(Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayed iPod PLAYER AND iPhone
GUID-028BCEA8-AD77-4B63-87CD-D42F21FC200E

in fast forward or rewind mode if it is
properly on display. Using English language This system supports iPod and iPhone connected during a seek operation. In this
characters with a USB device is recom- models. case, please manually reset the iPod.
mended.
. A USB cable for connecting an iPod or . After the Album Shuffle setting has been set
General notes for USB use: iPhone is not included with this system. when an iPod touch 1G is connected, if the
Refer to your device manufacturers owner Use your own USB cable to connect an USB cable is pulled out and inserted again,
information regarding the proper use and care iPod or iPhone. or if the power switch is placed in the ACC
of the device. . Once connected to the system, operation or OFF positions from the ON position, the
Notes for iPod use: will not be possible from an iPod or song that was last played will not be saved.
iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in iPhone. . Songs that are being played back cannot be
the U.S. and other countries. cued using the track down operation of an
iPod touch 1G. To use this function,
Audio system 4-5

(134,1)
update the firmware of the iPod that is switching to the Bluetooth streaming audio . Second generation iPod touch (firmware
being used (version 2.2.1 or later). mode and playing back Bluetooth audio, version 2.2.1 or later)
. After the Album Shuffle setting has been set there may be no audio output. In this case, . Third generation iPod touch (firmware
when an iPod touch 2G is connected, if the disconnect the iPhone from the system and version 5.1.1 or later)
USB cable is pulled out and inserted again, then reconnect it again. . First generation iPod nano (firmware ver-
or if the power switch is placed in the ACC . There may be no audio output of Bluetooth sion 1.3.1 or later)
or OFF positions from the ON position, the streaming audio if an iPhone 3G or an . Second generation iPod nano (firmware
song that was last played will not be saved. iPhone 3GS and a Bluetooth audio version 1.1.3 or later)
This can be fixed by updating the iPods device are connected to the system and
. Third generation iPod nano (firmware ver-
firmware (version 4.0 or later). the audio mode is toggled back and forth
sion 1.1 or later)
. After the Album Shuffle setting has been set between the Bluetooth streaming audio
. Fourth generation iPod nano (firmware
when an iPhone is connected, if the USB mode and the iPod mode. In this case,
version 1.0.3 or later)
cable is pulled out and inserted again, or if disconnect the Bluetooth streaming audio
from the system and connect again. Addi- . Fifth generation iPod nano (firmware ver-
the power switch is placed in the ACC or
tionally, this can be fixed by updating the sion 1.0.1PC or later)
OFF positions from the ON position, the
song that was last played will not be saved. iPhones firmware (version 4.0 or later). . iPhone (firmware version 3.1.3 or later)
. After the Album Shuffle setting has been set iPod and iPhone are a trademark of Apple . iPhone 3G (firmware version 3.1.3 or later)
when an iPhone 3G or iPhone 3GS is Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. . iPhone 3GS (firmware version 3.1.3 or
connected, if the USB cable is pulled out later)
Compatibility
and inserted again, or if the power switch is GUID-C0DDAB21-CE4F-4749-B129-63E18DD53CEB . iPhone 4 (firmware version 4.0 or later)
placed in the ACC or OFF positions from The following models are available. . iPhone 4S (firmware version 5.0 or later)
the ON position, the song that was last . Fifth generation iPod (firmware version 1.3 Make sure that the iPod firmware version is
played will not be saved. This can be fixed or later) updated.
by updating the iPhones firmware (version . iPod Classic (firmware version 1.1.2 or
4.0 or later). later)
. When an iPhone 3G, iPhone 3GS or . First generation iPod touch (firmware ver-
iPhone 4 is playing back music, if a sion 2.2.1 or later)
Bluetooth audio device is connected, or if
the iPod mode is switched to again after
4-6 Audio system

(135,1)
COMPRESSED AUDIO FILES (MP3/ . Sampling frequency Sampling frequency Playback order
GUID-2A8E94F5-2F22-4C97-ACEA-E869F1816CEF
WMA) is the rate at which the samples of a signal
GUID-59506932-77E0-4626-8C21-4A60DD222070
are converted from analog to digital (A/D
Explanation of terms
GUID-EB91730C-D0C7-441C-9028-C9C6F27A417B conversion) per second.
. MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures . Multisession Multisession is one of the
Experts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is the methods for writing data to media. Writing
most well known compressed digital audio data once to the media is called a single
file format. This format allows for near "CD session, and writing more than once is
quality" sound, but at a fraction of the size of called a multisession.
normal audio files. MP3 conversion of an . ID3/WMA Tag The ID3/WMA tag is the
audio track can reduce the file size by part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that
approximately a 10:1 ratio (Sampling: 44.1 contains information about the digital music
kHz, Bit rate: 128 kbps) with virtually no file such as song title, artist, album title,
perceptible loss in quality. The compression encoding bit rate, track time duration, etc.
reduces certain parts of sound that seem ID3 tag information is displayed on the
inaudible to most people. Album/Artist/Track title line on the display.
. WMA Windows Media Audio (WMA) is a * Windows and Windows Media are regis-
compressed audio format created by Micro- tered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft
soft as an alternative to MP3. The WMA Corporation in the United States of America
codec offers greater file compression than and/or other countries.
the MP3 codec, enabling storage of more
digital audio tracks in the same amount of NAI0803
space when compared to MP3s at the same
level of quality. . The folder names of folders not containing
. Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of compressed audio files are not shown in the
bits per second used by a digital music file. display.
The size and quality of a compressed digital . If there is a file in the top level of a disc/USB,
audio file is determined by the bit rate used "Root Folder" is displayed.
when encoding the file.
Audio system 4-7

(136,1)
. The playback order is the order in which the

files were written by the writing software, so
the files might not play in the desired order.
. Music playback order of compressed audio
files is as illustrated.
4-8 Audio system

(137,1)
Specification chart
GUID-AAC8B434-0F38-48A8-87BC-ED7696C5F421
Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, USB2.0

CD, CD-R, CD-RW
Supported file systems
USB memory: FAT16, FAT32
Version MPEG1 Audio Layer3, MPEG2 Audio Layer3
MPEG2 Audio Layer3: 16kHz, 22.05kHz, 24kHz
MP3 Sampling frequency
MPEG1 Audio Layer3: 32kHz, 44.1kHz, 48kHz
Supported ver- Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps
sions*1 Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9
WMA*2 32kbps/22.05kHz, 32kHz, 44.1kHz 36kbps/32kHz 40kbps/32kHz 44kbps/32kHz 48kbps/32kHz, 44.1kHz
Bit rate/Sampling
64kbps/32kHz, 44.1kHz 80kbps/44.1kHz 96kbps/44.1kHz 128kbps/44.1kHz, 48kHz 160kbps/44.1kHz, 48kHz
frequency
192kbps/44.1kHz, 48kHz
ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)
Tag information (Song title and Artist name)
WMA tag (WMA only)
CD, CD-R, CD-RW: Folder levels: 8, Folders: 255 (including root folder), Files: 510 (Max. 255 files for one folder)
Folder levels
USB 2.0: Folder levels: 8, Folders: 512 (including root folder), Files: 8000(Max. 255 files for one folder)
Displayable character codes*3 01: SHIFT-JIS, 02: UNICODE, 03: UTF-16
*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.
*2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.
*3 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.
*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly.
Audio system 4-9

(138,1)
FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH

COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER

BLUETOOTHGUID-24BDA0F9-283E-4615-995E-7F61FFF7F7B7
STREAMING AUDIO . This system supports the Bluetooth Audio GUID-A938169A-7CA3-4090-A129-8D9144D84039
.
Some Bluetooth audio devices may not be Distribution Profile (A2DP, AVRCP). AUDIO MAIN OPERATION
GUID-21A3D1F2-D88E-4CCE-B170-B9485A368E7F
recognized by the in-vehicle audio system. . Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth
Turning audio system on/off
. It is necessary to set up the wireless functions share the same frequency band GUID-DEC1D39C-0B79-4535-9FBF-86BD31187CDD
(2.4 GHz). Using the Bluetooth and the Push the power switch to the ACC or ON
connection between a compatible Blue- position, and then push the button while the
tooth audio device and the in-vehicle wireless LAN functions at the same time may
slow down or disconnect the communica- system is off to turn on the last audio source,
Bluetooth module before using the Blue- that was playing immediately before the system
tooth streaming audio. tion and cause undesired noise. It is
recommended that you turn off the wireless was turned off. While the system is on, pushing
. The Bluetooth streaming audio may be the button turns the system off.
LAN (Wi-Fi) when using the Bluetooth
stopped under the following conditions:
functions. Switching audio screen
Receiving a hands-free call. GUID-2A84B441-03C2-4E17-9A89-AC3DD54D9273
. Bluetooth trademark: . FM/AM radio band select:
Checking the connection to the hands-
free phone. Bluetooth is a trademark owned Pushing the FMAM button will change the
Connecting the hands-free phone or the licensed to Clarion.
band as follows:
audio device. AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM
Downloading the phonebook memory . SiriusXM satellite radio band select:
from the connected cellular phone. Pushing the XM button will change the
. Do not place a Bluetooth audio device in band as follows:
an area surrounded by metal or far away XM1 ? XM2 ? XM3 ? XM1
from the in-vehicle Bluetooth module to . Audio mode select:
prevent tone quality degradation and wire- Pushing the CDAUX button will switch the
less connection disruption. displays as follows:
. While an audio device is connected through USB memory/iPod player*1/Pandora*1*2
a Bluetooth wireless connection, the bat- ? CD ? Bluetooth streaming audio*1 ?
tery of the device may discharge quicker AUX ? USB memory/iPod player*1/Pan-
than usual. dora*1*2
*1 Screen only displays when a device capable of
playback is connected.
4-10 Audio system

(139,1)
*2 The Pandora is only available in U.S. . [Fade]: It may take some time to receive the activation
Audio settings Adjust the sound level between the front and signal after subscribing the SiriusXM Satellite
GUID-ECFE1718-B192-4A27-91B2-70E3D8B84B09
rear speakers by touching [R] or [F]. Radio. After receiving the activation signal, an
It is possible to adjust the speaker tone quality
. [Speed Sensitive Vol.]: available channel list will be automatically
and sound balance.
updated in the radio. Push the power switch
The sound volume is increased based on the
from LOCK to ACC to update the channel list.
vehicle speed. Touch [+] or [-] to adjust the
effect level from 0 (OFF) to 3. Selecting FM/AM/SAT radio band
GUID-089AA72F-5994-41A6-92D0-13CB10EA45B9
FM-AM-SAT RADIO OPERATION FM/AM radio band select:

GUID-952EDDB7-2BDB-4ADF-BF9F-C1407C8FAA3E
When the FMAM button or the XM button is Pushing the FMAM button will change the
pushed while the power switch is in the ACC or band as follows:
ON position, the radio will turn on at the channel AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM
LNF0002X last played.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio band select:
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set- The last channel played will also turn on when
Pushing the XM button will change the band as
tings]. the button is pushed to ON. The satellite
follows:
radio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and
2. Touch [Audio]. XM1 ? XM2 ? XM3 ? XM1
Guam.
3. Touch the item you would like to adjust.
If another audio source is playing when the How to view radio screen
GUID-C7E211CC-F05B-44A2-86A6-770B8278B318
Available settings FMAM button or the XM button is turned to
. [Bass]: ON, the audio source will automatically be
Adjust the tone quality of the bass by turned off and the last radio channel played will
touching [+] or [-]. turn on.
. [Treble]: When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, the
Adjust the tone quality of the treble by radio will automatically change from stereo to
touching [+] or [-]. monaural reception.
. [Balance]: The satellite radio mode requires an active LNF0003X
Adjust the sound level between the left and SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription. The sa-
right speakers by touching [L] or [R]. tellite radio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and
Guam.
Audio system 4-11

(140,1)
FM/AM radio screen: *

4 [Direct]: . Loading (The system is receiving the music
*
1 Displays the broadcasting station and category Input the channel number by using a keypad. or information that is provided from the
currently being received. *
5 [Info]: selected channel)
*
2 Displays the frequency currently being received. Indicates the broadcasting station information . Channel Not Available (No channels are
currently being received.
*
3 [Info]: searched)
Displays the broadcasting station information * 6 [SCAN]:
. Channel Not Authorized (There is no user
currently being received. Touch to tune from low to high frequencies and
stop at each broadcasting channel for 5 seconds. subscription to this channel)
*
4 [SCAN]:
Touch to tune from low to high frequencies and *
7 Displays the preset channel list. If 1 of the 6 SEEK tuning:
stop at each broadcasting station for 5 seconds. preset stations listed is touched and held, the For AM and FM radio:
current station will be stored as the new preset.
*
5 Displays the preset channel list. If 1 of the 6 Push the TUNE SEEK CH button for less than
preset stations listed is touched and held, the Selecting channel/category
GUID-62D7FA96-477E-4256-B425-B9212D8F6329 1.5 seconds to tune from low to high or high to
current station will be stored as the new preset.
TUNE (Tuning): low frequencies and to stop at the next broad-
For AM and FM radio: casting station.
Push the TUNE SEEK CH button for manual When the TUNE SEEK CH button is pushed
tuning. and held, radio frequencies will increase or
decrease by skipping the broadcasting stations.
For SiriusXM Satellite Radio: When the button is released, the next broad-
Push the TUNE SEEK CH button to seek casting station is selected.
channels from all of the categories.
LNF0004X SCAN tuning:
During satellite radio reception, the following Touch [SCAN] to tune from low to high
SiriusXM Satellite Radio screen: messages will be displayed under certain frequencies and stop at each broadcasting
*
1 Indicates the channel, category, program and title conditions. station/channel for 5 seconds.
currently being received. . No Signal (No signal is received while the Touch [SCAN] again during this 5 second
*
2 Indicates the frequency currently being received. SAT tuner is connected) period to stop SCAN tuning. The radio will
*
3 [CAT]: . Channel Off Air (Broadcasting signed off) remain tuned to that station/channel.
Displays a category list for SiriusXM Satellite
. Check Antenna (Antenna connection error) If [SCAN] is not touched within 5 seconds,
Radio. When a category is selected, the channel
list will be displayed. SCAN tuning moves to the next station/channel.
4-12 Audio system

(141,1)
Storing stations/channels
GUID-E7F91FC1-C573-4847-8D40-29FB8FEED54B
Playing CD GUID-E9F7A408-A3A7-4940-9CF2-ACB80C4DF388
12 stations/channels can be set for the FM band 1. Push the power switch to the ACC or ON
(6 each for FM1 and FM2), 18 for SiriusXM position.
Satellite Radio (6 each for XM1, XM2 and XM3) 2. Push the OPEN/TILT button to open the
and 6 stations can be set for the AM band. monitor.
1. Choose the radio band pushing the FMAM 3. Insert a Compact Disc (CD) into the slot
button or XM button. with the label side facing up. The CD will be
2. Tune to the preferred station/channel push- guided automatically into the slot and start
ing the TUNE SEEK CH button. playing.
LNF0006X
3. Touch and hold one of the preset lists to After loading a CD, the number of tracks on
register the chosen broadcasting station or the CD and the play time will appear on the Ejecting CD:
channel. display.
1. Push the OPEN/TILT button to open the
COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER OP- If the radio is already operating, it will monitor.
ERATION GUID-A28D720F-2D75-4FE8-83A3-198D5B21527C automatically turn off and the CD will play.
2. When the button is pushed with a CD
If the system has been turned off while a CD loaded, the CD will be ejected.
was playing, pushing the button will
When this button is pushed while a CD is
start the CD.
being played, the CD will be ejected.
Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs.
If the CD comes out and is not removed, it
will be pulled back into the slot to protect it.
Also, the monitor will be closed automati-
cally.
LNF0005X
Audio system 4-13

(142,1)
How to viewGUID-E902B692-E481-4875-91FE-430C4B4967C6
CD screen Track list: Select play GUID-462595EE-9EEB-47F0-9730-2DF0DCAC98A5
mode
Touch the screen to play the track that is chosen.
The play mode settings display will appear when
Selecting tracks
GUID-AC124133-2B61-4ACC-809C-1D2E1DA399C3
[Mode] is touched.
Push of the TUNE SEEK CH button to play Select the preferred play mode from the
the previous track. following items.
Push of the TUNE SEEK CH button to play CD:
the next track. . Normal
Touch the track on the track list to play the track . 1 Track Repeat
LNF0007X
that is chosen. . 1 Disc Random
*
1 Indicates the following information. Touch the folder to indicate the track list. CD with compressed audio files:
CD:
Disc title, Track title, Artist SCAN function: . Normal
CD with compressed audio files: Touch [SCAN] to play the next track after playing . 1 Folder Repeat
Folder title, File title, Track title, Album title, Artist the current track for 10 seconds. Touch [SCAN] . 1 Track Repeat
*
2 Indicates the play mode that is currently set. again to choose the last track that was played . 1 Disc Random
However, the play mode is not indicated when last time. . 1 Folder Random
the normal mode is set.
*
3 [Mode]: Next/Previous Track and Fast For-
Touch the screen to set the play mode. ward/Rewind
GUID-D99019FC-CB68-4A13-AD47-6FAE9BF26A75
*
4 [Info]: Push the TUNE SEEK CH button for more than
Touch the screen to indicate the track information 1.5 seconds while a CD is being played to fast
screen. forward or rewind through the current track.
*
5 [SCAN]: When the button is released, the CD will return
Touch the screen to play the next track after to normal play speed.
playing the current track for 10 seconds. Touch
When the TUNE SEEK CH button is pushed for
the screen again to choose the last track that was
played last time. less than 1.5 seconds while a CD is being
played, the next track or the beginning of the
*
6 Folder list:
current track on the CD will be played.
Touch the folder to indicate the track list.
4-14 Audio system

(143,1)
iPod PLAYER OPERATION of the device.

GUID-92F97DCC-8A7B-4962-B3EF-B537B5AA8CFE

WARNING
ConnectingGUID-86159E90-EC5B-440C-8A60-183226DEE0E7
iPod Playing iPod
GUID-28BF6832-2085-494B-A4E6-1813413B09C2
Do not connect, disconnect or operate Push the power switch to the ACC or ON
the USB device while driving. Doing so position. Then, push the CDAUX button
can be a distraction. If distracted you repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode. If the
could lose control of your vehicle and system has been turned off while the iPod was
cause an accident or serious injury. playing, pushing the button will start the
iPod.
How to view iPod screen
CAUTION GUID-266AD5A0-1330-4370-8D3C-7E9AB4FC7E8E
. Do not force the USB device into the

LNF0008X USB port. Inserting the USB device
Connect the iPod cable to the USB connector. tilted or up-side-down into the port
If the iPod supports charging via USB, the may damage the port. Make sure
battery of the iPod will be charged while that the USB device is connected
connected to the vehicle. correctly into the USB port.
. Do not grab the USB port cover LNF0149X
Depending on the model and firmware version of
the iPod, the display on the iPod shows a when pulling the USB device out of *
1 Indicates the following information.
NISSAN or Accessory Attached screen when the port. This could damage the port Track title, Album title, Artist
the connection is completed. When the iPod is and the cover. *
2 Indicates the play mode that is currently set.
connected to the vehicle, the iPod music library . Do not leave the USB cable in a However, the play mode is not indicated when
can only be operated by the vehicle audio place where it can be pulled unin- the normal mode is set.
controls. tentionally. Pulling the cable may *
3 Displays album artwork when available.

iPod and iPhone are a trademark of Apple damage the port. *
4 [Menu]:
Touch the screen to set the iPod play method.
Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
Refer to your device manufacturers owner *
5 [Mode]:
information regarding the proper use and care Touch the screen to set the play mode.
Audio system 4-15

(144,1)
*
6 [Info]: iPod settings Connect the iPhone cable to the USB con-
GUID-910C880A-F593-4694-A3FE-E916A45E3454
Touch the screen to indicate the track information nector. If the iPhone supports charging via
screen. The following items can be chosen from the
menu list screen. For further information about USB, the battery of the iPhone will be charged
* 7 Track list:
each item, see the iPod Owners Manual. while connected to the vehicle.
. Now Playing Depending on the model and firmware version of
Next/Previous Track and Fast For- the iPhone, the display on the iPhone shows a
. Playlists
ward/Rewind NISSAN or Accessory Attached screen when
GUID-AB2678DB-05B1-49B4-8510-57E99A714391 . Artists the connection is completed. When the iPhone
Push the TUNE SEEK CH button for more than
. Albums is connected to the vehicle, the Pandra radio
1.5 seconds while an iPod is playing to fast
forward or rewind through the current track. . Songs can only be operated with the vehicle audio
When the button is released, the iPod will . Podcasts controls.
return to the normal play speed. . Genres iPod and iPhone are trademarks of Apple Inc.,
When the TUNE SEEK CH button is pushed for . Composers registered in the U.S. and other countries.
less than 1.5 seconds while an iPod is playing, PANDORA OPERATION (if so
the next track or the beginning of the current
equipped) GUID-2C4BD488-6257-4263-A3B8-0C6D5852A271 WARNING
track on the iPod will be played.
iPhone
ConnectingGUID-6256A460-8E21-4855-81CA-EAC32DD46457 Do not connect, disconnect or operate
Select play GUID-5BBFF52C-EB08-4B34-9053-F8C6F718BC76
mode the USB device while driving. Doing so
The play mode setting display will appear when can be a distraction. If distracted you
[Mode] is touched. could lose control of your vehicle and
Select the preferred play mode from the cause an accident or serious injury.
following items.
. Shuffle
Choose "Off", "Songs" or "Albums".
. Repeat
Choose "One" or "All".
LNF0147X
4-16 Audio system

(145,1)
Playing Pandora *
8 (play)/ (pause):
CAUTION GUID-3E35697B-56CE-4BE9-AC32-0BFDB2240F30
Push the vehicles power switch to the ACC or
Touch to start or pause the Pandora.
. Do not force the USB device into the ON position. Then, push the CDAUX button
INFO:
USB port. Inserting the USB device repeatedly to switch to the Pandora mode. If
tilted or up-side-down into the port the system was turned off while the Pandora Thumbs Up, Thumbs Down, Skip Track, and
may damage the port. Make sure was playing, pushing the button will start the Bookmark are not available while an advertise-
that the USB device is connected Pandora. ment is playing.
correctly into the USB port. Pandora screen
How to viewGUID-DC483E95-9D57-456F-8AEF-4B8809A53561 Pandora settings
GUID-888E805E-E560-4C6F-A748-9603FC123C12
. Do not grab the USB port cover
the port. This could damage the port
and the cover.
. Do not leave the USB cable in a
place where it can be pulled unin-
tentionally. Pulling the cable may
damage the port. LNF0148X LNE0912X
Refer to your device manufacturers owner *

1 Indicates the station name, Track title, Artist,
To adjust the Pandora settings, select the
Album title. Menu key in the Pandora screen.
information regarding the proper use and care
of the device. *
2 Indicates the play time.
. [Now Playing]:
*
3 Displays album artwork, when available.
Touch to return to the now playing screen
Compatibility: *
4 [Menu]:
The following models are available. Sets the Pandora play mode.
during playback.
* . [Station List]:
. iPhone 3GS 5 (Thumbs Down):
Touch the screen to give a song a thumbs down. Touch to display a list of available Pandora
. iPhone 4
. iPhone 4S *
6 (Bookmark): stations.
Touch the screen to bookmark a song. . [New Station]:
. iPod touch 4G
*
7 (Thumbs up): Touch to create a new Pandora station.
Touch the screen to give a song a thumbs up.
Audio system 4-17

(146,1)
[From Track] ConnectingGUID-8B4A7CDA-0428-4D60-A67E-D4AD0C453CB2

USB memory damage the port.
Create a new station from a Track. Connect a USB memory as shown in the
[From Artist] illustration. The USB screen is displayed. Refer to your device manufacturers owner
Create a new station from an Artist. information regarding the proper use and care
. [Delete Station]: WARNING of the device.
Touch to delete a station from the list of Playing USB memory
optional Pandora stations. Do not connect, disconnect or operate GUID-D6F756B8-A874-4D4F-BD71-90C3D033F1C0
Push the power switch to the ACC or ON
. [Display of Album Artwork]: the USB device while driving. Doing so
position. Then, push the CDAUX button
Set to display the album artwork on the can be a distraction. If distracted you
repeatedly to switch to the USB memory mode.
playback. could lose control of your vehicle and
If the system has been turned off while the USB
cause an accident or serious injury.
memory was playing, pushing the button will
INFO: start the USB memory.
[New Station] is not available while an adver- CAUTION How to view USB memory screen
GUID-E9144E87-0DC7-4702-9C76-7699BDDE627E
tisement is playing.
USB MEMORY OPERATION . Do not force the USB device into the
GUID-4ECBAE05-C74A-4D4B-B183-1F4933C3C92B USB port. Inserting the USB device
tilted or up-side-down into the port
may damage the port. Make sure
that the USB device is connected
correctly into the USB port.
. Do not grab the USB port cover LNF0011X
the port. This could damage the port *
1 Indicates Track title, Album title and Artist Name.
and the cover. If there is no track title, the file name will be
displayed.
. Do not leave the USB cable in a *
LNF0010X place where it can be pulled unin- However, the play mode is not indicated when
tentionally. Pulling the cable may the normal mode is set.
4-18 Audio system

(147,1)
*
3 [Mode]: Next/Previous File and Fast For- BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO
The play mode setting display will appear when
[Mode] is touched.
ward/RewindGUID-E977EB45-7BEA-4101-8271-D7B673F98EE9
OPERATIONGUID-6D822548-78A4-4D36-B8BE-13EE7D8B3971
*
4 [Info]: Push the TUNE SEEK CH button for more than Your vehicle is equipped with Bluetooth
Touch the screen to indicate the track information 1.5 seconds while a USB memory is being Streaming Audio.
screen. played to fast forward or rewind though the If you have a compatible Bluetooth device with
*
5 [SCAN]: current track. streaming audio (A2DP profile), you can set up a
Touch to play the next track after playing the When the TUNE SEEK CH button is released, wireless connection between your Bluetooth
current track for 10 seconds. Touch again to the USB memory will return to normal play device and the in-vehicle audio system. This
choose the last track that was played last time. speed. connection allows you to listen to the audio from
*
6 Folder list:
When the TUNE SEEK CH button is pushed for the Bluetooth device using your vehicle speak-
Touch the folder to indicate the track list. ers. It also may allow basic control of the device
less than 1.5 seconds while a USB memory is
Track list: for playing and skipping audio files using the
being played, the next track or the beginning of
the current track on the USB memory will be AVRCP Bluetooth profile. Not all Bluetooth
Selecting tracks played. devices have the same level of controls for
GUID-862588E4-8C79-4035-A221-A6B5BA877E9E
AVRCP. Please consult the manual for your
Push of the TUNE SEEK CH button to play Select play GUID-E3DB5454-DBEE-420A-A679-EDA24F02FD8F
mode Bluetooth device for more details.
the previous track.
The play mode setting display will appear when Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth
Push of the TUNE SEEK CH button to play [Mode] is selected. functions share the same frequency band (2.4
the next track. GHz). Using the Bluetooth and the wireless
Select the preferred play mode from the
Touch the track on the track list to play the track following items. LAN functions at the same time may slow down
that is chosen. or disconnect the communication and cause
. Normal
Touch the folder to indicate the track list. undesired noise. It is recommended that you
. 1 Folder Repeat
turn off the wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) when using the
SCAN function: . 1 Track Repeat Bluetooth functions.
Touch [SCAN] to play the next track after playing . All Random
the current track for 10 seconds. Touch [SCAN] . 1 Folder Random
again to choose the last track that was played
last time.
Audio system 4-19

(148,1)
Regulatory GUID-8A5804E2-2DFA-4F0E-BDCA-F37F6A4AFE93
information Bluetooth trademark:
FCC Regulatory information: Bluetooth is a trademark owned
. CAUTION: To maintain compliance with licensed to Clarion.
FCCs RF exposure guidelines, use only
the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna, ConnectingGUID-35FDD5DF-AF21-4074-8409-897CA408B2B2
procedure
modification, or attachments could damage 1. Push the MENU and touch [Settings].
the transmitter and may violate FCC regula-
LNF0014X
tions.
. Operation is subject to the following two 4. Confirm the contents of the message, then
conditions: touch [No].
This device may not cause interference
and INFO:
This device must accept any interfer- Selecting [Yes] will only connect the hands-
ence, including interference that may LNF0158X free phone portion of a Bluetooth device.
cause undesired operation of the device
2. Touch [Bluetooth].
IC Regulatory information:
. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
This device may not cause interference,
and
This device must accept any interfer-
ence, including interference that may LNF0015X
cause undesired operation of the device. LNF0165X 5. Choose a PIN code to use with the
. This Class B digital apparatus meets all compatible Bluetooth audio device using
requirements of the Canadian Interference- 3. Touch [Connect Bluetooth]. A confirmation
the number input screen. The PIN code will
Causing Equipment Regulations. message is displayed.
need to be entered into the Bluetooth
audio device after step 6.
4-20 Audio system

(149,1)

Playing Bluetooth streaming audio
GUID-1383FDB6-EEAE-412C-8E8F-2D0CFC7AD013
How to view Bluetooth streaming
Push the power switch to the ACC or ON audio screen
GUID-7EB7CC01-4D10-4A62-9367-0139FAD07C36
position. Then, push the CDAUX button
repeatedly to switch to the Bluetooth audio
mode. If the system has been turned off while
the Bluetooth audio device was playing, push-
ing the button will start the Bluetooth audio
LNF0016X device.
6. Touch [OK]. The standby message screen The ability to pause, change tracks, fast forward,
will appear. Operate the compatible Blue- rewind, randomize and repeat music may be LNF0017X
tooth audio device. Please refer to the different between devices. Some or all of these
functions may not be supported on each device. *
1 Indicates Track title, Album title and Artist name.
devices Owners Manual for the Bluetooth *
audio connection instructions for your spe- When the CDAUX button is pushed with the However, the play mode is not indicated when
cific device. When the connection is com- system off and the Bluetooth audio device the normal mode is set.
pleted, the screen will return to the connected, the system will turn on. *
3 [ Play]:
Bluetooth setup display. If another audio source is playing and the Touch to start the Bluetooth audio device.
Bluetooth audio device is connected, push *
4 [ Pause]:
INFO: the CDAUX button repeatedly until the display Touch to pause the Bluetooth audio device.
It may not be possible to connect to a Blue- changes to the Bluetooth audio mode. *
5 [Mode]:
The play mode setting screen displays when
tooth audio profile from the system. In this [Mode] is touched.
case, perform connection operation from the INFO:
Bluetooth audio player, after connecting the . Depending on the Bluetooth audio device
system and the Bluetooth audio. For details of that is connected, it may not be possible to
how to perform connection, refer to the Owners perform audio operations.
Manual of the Bluetooth audio player that is
. Depending on the Bluetooth audio device
being used.
that is connected, a time lag may occur
before music is played back.
Audio system 4-21

(150,1)
INFO: . Repeat . [Connected Devices]:

Choose "Repeat 1 Track", "Repeat All Registered devices are shown on the list.
Depending on the audio device that is con-
Tracks" or "Repeat Group". Select a Bluetooth device from the list. The
nected to the vehicle, the name of tracks or
following options are available.
albums may not be displayed. Bluetooth GUID-D7326315-0A0F-426B-977F-9C33579616CB
settings
. [Edit Bluetooth Info]:
Next/Previous Track and Fast For- The Bluetooth settings can be set in detail to
Change the name broadcasted by this
ward/Rewind according to the users preference.
GUID-22130072-5DEF-434A-A733-4DCFEE7C739E system over Bluetooth. Change the PIN
Push the TUNE SEEK CH button is pushed for code that is entered when connecting a
more than 1.5 seconds while a Bluetooth audio hands-free device to this system.
file is being played to fast forward or rewind
through the current track. When the TUNE AUXILIARY GUID-9776C08E-803B-4D3E-857D-1723F8FE9887
INPUT JACK
SEEK CH button is released, the Bluetooth
audio device will return to normal play speed.
When the TUNE SEEK CH button is pushed for
less than 1.5 seconds while a Bluetooth audio LNF0018X
file is being played, the next track or the
beginning of the current track on the Bluetooth
tings].
audio device will be played.
2. Touch [Bluetooth].
Select play GUID-32E55180-1302-4E45-9BF5-65291D1A1AD7
mode 3. Touch the item you would like to set.
The play mode setting display will appear when
Available settings LNF0019X
[Mode] is touched.
. [Bluetooth]: The auxiliary input jack is located on the center
Select the preferred play mode from the
following items. If this setting is turned off, the connection console.
between the Bluetooth devices and the in-
. Shuffle The auxiliary input jack accepts any standard
vehicle Bluetooth module will be canceled.
Choose "Shuffle OFF", "Shuffle All Tracks" analog audio input such as from a portable
. [Connect Bluetooth]: cassette player, CD player or MP3 player.
or "Shuffle Group".
Connects to the Bluetooth device. Up to 5
Before connecting a device to the jack, turn off
devices can be registered.
the power of the portable device.
4-22 Audio system

(151,1)
When the CDAUX button is pushed with the . High . Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 seconds
system off and a compatible device connected, will seek up or down to the next station.
the system will turn on. If another audio source is STEERING WHEEL SWITCHES FOR
AUDIO CONTROL SiriusXM Satellite Radio:
playing and a compatible device is connected, GUID-8A6FE299-FCD9-40E1-B943-BD5E80FDBC47
push the CDAUX button repeatedly until the The audio system can be operated using the . Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds
center display changes to the AUX mode. control switches on the steering wheel. will skip up or down through the preset
channels.
INFO: . Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 seconds
will go to the next or previous category.
Insert a 1/4 inch (3.5 mm) stereo mini plug in the
Pandora (if so equipped):
auxiliary input jack. If a cable with a mono plug is
used, the audio output may not function . Tilting down for less than 1.5 seconds will
normally. skip down through the preset channels.
. Tilting up for more than 1.5 seconds will give
How to view AUX screen
GUID-3A8A4717-B982-4AEC-B5FA-083909A32A94 a song a thumbs up.
. Tilting down for more than 1.5 seconds will
LNF0153X give a song a thumbs down.
1. SOURCE button iPod:

2. Volume control button . Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds
will skip up or down through the tracks.
SOURCE button
GUID-A72FFA6B-91BA-416E-A385-A09861CAB60B . Pushing the menu control switch will show
Push the SOURCE switch to change the mode the iPod Menu.
LNF0020X
to available audio source.
CD:
Select the volume settings from the following AM and FM radio:
options. . Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds
. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds will skip up or down through the tracks.
. Low will skip up or down through the preset . Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 seconds
. Medium stations. will fast-forward or rewind through the track.
Audio system 4-23

(152,1)
. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 seconds

will skip up or down through the folders (if
playing compressed audio files).
USB:
. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds
. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 seconds
will skip up or down through the folders.
Bluetooth Audio:
. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds
Volume control button
GUID-2498D977-21C2-45E8-9206-E5806F9A475B
Push up or down the Volume control button to
increase or decrease the volume.
4-24 Audio system

(155,1)
5 CARWINGSTM
Telematics overview ..................................................................

... 5-2 CARWINGSTM settings .......................................................
... 5-12
CARWINGSTM overview ..........................................................
... 5-4 Setting messages that are received by email ......... ... 5-12
About service application ..................................................
... 5-6 Information feed setting ................................................
... 5-15
Notice for usage...................................................................
... 5-6 Displaying unit ID information ......................................
... 5-18
Radio approval number and information ........................ ... 5-7 Reset all CARWINGSTM settings to default ........... ... 5-18
Displaying CARWINGSTM information screen ................... ... 5-7 Error message on communication .....................................
... 5-19
How to view information screen ......................................
... 5-8 Data communication settings..............................................
... 5-20
Storing favorites .........................................................................
... 5-9 Automatic carrier settings .............................................
... 5-20
Google search .........................................................................
... 5-10 Manual carrier settings ..................................................
... 5-20
Viewing CARWINGSTM records ........................................
... 5-11

(156,1)
TELEMATICS OVERVIEW
GUID-3E037282-D6EC-4C54-913F-6E5DC076CCEA
In addition to Event Data Recorders (EDRs) required by law. Such data may be shared with CARWINGSTM telematics services are provided
mentioned in the LEAF Owners Manual, this NISSANs parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, suc- by NISSAN pursuant to a subscription services
vehicle is equipped with electronic modules that cessors or assignees; authorized NISSAN certi- agreement covering your vehicle. This agree-
monitor, control and record data concerning fied LEAF dealers; NISSANs marketing ment is necessary for all owners. This agree-
various vehicle systems, including the motor, partners; your fleet company, if your vehicle is ment, and an explanation of its terms and
batteries, braking and electrical systems. Other a fleet vehicle; your rental company, if your conditions, can be found at the NISSAN Own-
electronic modules record information concern- vehicle is a rental vehicle; and third party service ers Portal webpage. Further, the operator of the
ing driving conditions, including idling, braking, providers such as cellular, information systems vehicle must also touch [OK] on the Navi screen
acceleration, trip and other related data, in- and data management providers. to indicate assent each time he or she starts the
formation about your use of the car and its car. If you decide at any time that you do not
State laws allow access and use of data
features such as air conditioner or headlight want your vehicle to transmit data to NISSAN,
recorded by vehicle devices with the consent
usage, diagnostic trouble codes, vehicle char- you can deactivate the telematics account
of the vehicle owner or pursuant to subscription
ging, vehicle speed, direction and/or location. associated with this vehicle by canceling the
agreement. While you are not required to allow
Some of this data is stored by the vehicle for use such access and use, if you do not so agree subscription services agreement by visiting the
during vehicle servicing. Other data concerning NISSAN may be unable under applicable law to NISSAN Owners Portal Webpage or calling
your vehicles operation and performance is activate the vehicle telematics system in your NISSAN at 1-877-NOGASEV (1-877-664-
wirelessly transmitted by cellular connection vehicle, and certain features of your vehicle 2738). The service can be reactivated later
through the vehicle onboard telematics system which are dependent on vehicle telematics will upon request if you choose. Simply visit the
upon vehicle start-up or at other intervals to not operate as intended or designed. These may same website or call the number above. Alter-
NISSAN. This data may be used by NISSAN for include features such as automatic charging natively, you can turn off the transmission of
various purposes, including: to provide you with station map updates, remote battery state of certain categories of data through the use of
CARWINGSTM services (refer to the CAR- charge check, charging complete notice, remote settings found in the Navigation system under
WINGSTM section of this manual for details); plug in reminder, remote charging on, remote Menu, CARWINGS TM , Vehicle Information
troubleshooting; evaluation of your vehicles climate control on, drive route planning, driving Sharing with NISSAN. Note, turning off Vehicle
quality, functionality and performance; analysis tips to improve range, driving history, billing Information Sharing with NISSAN will only
and research by NISSAN designed to, among simulation, ECO ranking, ECO forest, mainte- disable the automatic sharing of information at
other things, optimize performance of future nance reminders, etc. Other features that may vehicle start-up. Certain categories of data may
electric vehicles including improvements in be developed and offered by NISSAN in the still be transmitted if vehicle telematics features
future battery life; to offer you new or additional future may also not function without telematics are accessed either in the vehicle or remotely.
products or services; and as otherwise may be data transmission. Your agreement to the transmission and use of
TM
5-2 CARWINGS

(157,1)
data by NISSAN can be provided in various underground parking, mountainous areas, etc.
ways. The vehicle is equipped with a pop up Even if the signal strength bar of the in-vehicle
screen on the vehicle navigation system that will data communication module indicates good
ask for your consent to this data transfer. A reception, connectivity may be disrupted. This
version of the following message will appear: does not indicate a malfunction. Operate the
Pursuant to subscription agreement, your ve- system again after a few minutes to restore
hicle wirelessly transmits recorded vehicle data connectivity. CARWINGSTM telematics features
to NISSAN for various purposes, including are offered as a convenience to the vehicle
CARWINGSTM services, product evaluation, owner. NISSAN is not responsible for, and
research and development. By touching [OK], owner assumes all risk of, interruptions in
you consent to the transmission and use of your service or errors based on incomplete or
vehicle data. See Owners Manual or NISSAN inaccurate data. CARWINGSTM communica-
Owners portal webpage for terms and details. tions may be received at a verified e-mail
If you touch [OK], your vehicle will transmit data address or by SMS/text messaging-enabled
as designed in connection with the vehicle mobile phone. Standard text rates and/or data
telematics system. If you touch [Decline] your usage may apply depending on your carrier.
vehicle will not transmit data. However, the If your vehicles telematics account is active, and
telematics features referenced above, and per- you are not the original owner, please contact
haps others, will not be available to you. The NISSAN at the website or phone number above
vehicles static navigation system will remain as soon as possible to update the telematics
operational, and you will be able to access your enrollment information. Upon sale of the vehicle,
radio and climate controls. please contact NISSAN at the website or phone
Telematics features are dependent on cellular number above so that NISSANs records may be
data transmission. Some areas may have limited updated. CARWINGSTM subscription services
or no cellular connectivity, resulting in a loss or will automatically terminate at the end of the
interruption of data transmission and, as a result, initial free term if you do not wish to renew your
certain features may be temporarily unavailable. subscription agreement at the prices then in
Even if areas with good signal reception, cellular effect.
connectivity can be adversely affected by things
such as tall buildings, apartments, tunnels,
TM
CARWINGS 5-3

(158,1)
TM
CARWINGSGUID-BD80DC71-630C-4E32-832B-7F6CF8AA5894
OVERVIEW
This vehicle incorporates a communication
device that is called a TCU (Telematics Com-
munication Unit). The communication connec-
tion between this unit and the NISSAN
CARWINGS Data Center allows for various
services.
When the system connects to the NISSAN
CARWINGS Data Center, an antenna icon will
appear on the screen. Use the service in a
location where the symbol representing good
signal reception appears on the screen.
: When the signal reception is good
: When the signal reception is bad
INFO:
You can check driving records for your vehicle
online at the Nissan Owners Portal website.
However, if [Share Vehicle Information] is set to
OFF, vehicle data will not be uploaded. Make
sure that this setting is ON.
When [Service Reminder] is set to ON, com-
munication with the NISSAN CARWINGS Data
LNG0042X
Center will be performed once daily. NISSAN
recommends that you set [Service Reminder] to
ON.
TM
5-4 CARWINGS

(159,1)
Remote functions Approximately 5 minutes after the Li-ion that is recorded in the map data is
. Battery status check: battery warmer starts operating while the automatically updated.
power switch is in the OFF state and the . All Information Feeds:
The status of the battery can be checked
charging cable is not connected to the Convenient information for driving such as
using your personal computer or cellular
vehicle. weather and traffic information, ECO infor-
phone even if you are not in the vehicle.
Approximately 5 minutes after the Li-ion mation shared with the LEAF users, etc. is
. Unplugged status, Charge status:
battery warmer stops operating due to provided.
By registering frequently used charging
low remaining Li-ion battery power while . Favorites:
stations, notifications can be sent to your
the power switch is in the OFF state and
personal computer or cellular phone email When the information of an Internet site is
the charging cable is not connected to
address to inform you when the charging selected and it is stored in the page that is
the vehicle.
connector is disconnected at those loca- specially established in the NISSAN Own-
tions or charging is completed. NOTE: ers Portal Website, the information is
. Remote charge, Remote climate con- . The remaining Li-ion battery power converted into an appropriate format via
trol: lowers gradually while the battery the NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center and
warmer is operating without connect- provided for use in the vehicle. The content
Remote activation of battery charging or
ing the charging connector. of the information is automatically read out.
climate control can be set using your
For the registration method of information
personal computer or cellular phone. . When the remaining Li-ion battery data, visit the NISSAN Owners Portal
. Li-ion battery warmer status: power lowers, the battery warmer stops Website.
When the ambient temperature is low, the operating. When this occurs, the Li-ion
Li-ion battery warmer operates automati- battery temperature lowers gradually, NOTE:
cally. and as a result the EV system may be . Establishing the CARWINGSTM service
Notifications will be sent to your personal disabled. is necessary before using this service.
computer or cellular phone email address . To check the Li-ion battery charging
under the following conditions in order to status or to use the remote heater and
remind you to connect the charging con- Navigation Telematics (CARWINGSTM ser-
vice) air conditioner using an internet en-
nector. abled smart phone or personal compu-
. Automatic update of charging stations: ter, the following conditions must be
The information for the charging stations met:
TM
CARWINGS 5-5

(160,1)
The vehicle must be located in a . CARWINGSTM information system fea-

cellular phone or smart phone cov- tures are included through a subscrip- CAUTION
erage area. tion service which requires owner
The internet enabled cellular phone consent to activate. The subscription If the vehicle is sold to another person,
or smart phone must be located in a must be active to use these features. this service must be canceled and all
cellular phone or smart phone cov- . CARWINGSTM communications may be data stored in the device must be
erage area. received at a verified e-mail address or deleted to avoid having personal data
by SMS/text messaging-enabled cellu- inadvertently disclosed.
The computer must be connected to
the internet. lar phone.
A cellular phone must be used to . Standard text rates and/or data usage NOTICE FOR USAGE
GUID-466E24D5-1BCA-4F08-831F-D60374B15481
communicate with the vehicle. may apply depending on your carrier. . The CARWINGSTM service uses the TCU
A cellular phone capable of text (Telematics Communication Unit). Even if
messaging must be used to receive the signal strength bar of the in-vehicle data
text message regarding vehicle ABOUT SERVICE APPLICATION
GUID-BB452125-279A-49B1-AB8A-847CA1F7639A communication module indicates good re-
charge status. Registering for the CARWINGSTM service is ception, connection to the NISSAN CARW-
. When the charge connector is discon- necessary before using this service. For detailed INGS Data Center may be disabled. This
nected from the vehicle, the heater and information, access the NISSAN Owners Portal does not indicate a malfunction. Operate the
air conditioner operates using vehicle Website. Confirm the terms of service and system again after a few minutes.
Li-ion battery electric power. complete the user registration form. After . The CARWINGSTM service cannot be used
. If the remote heater and air conditioner registration is completed, a user ID and pass- under the following conditions:
function and Li-ion battery charging are word are provided. The vehicle moves outside the service
performed at the same time, Li-ion Inputting user ID and password area of the TCU (Telematics Commu-
battery charging will take longer than (page 1-11) nication Unit) connection to the system.
usual due to the power used to heat or The vehicle is in a location with poor
cool the vehicle. signal reception such as a tunnel, under-
. Certain remote functions require a ground parking, behind a building or in a
compatible smart phone, which is not mountainous area.
included with vehicle.
TM
5-6 CARWINGS

(161,1)
DISPLAYING CARWINGSTM
INFORMATION SCREEN
GUID-5E092657-5912-41FA-B735-5910436EDA75
RADIO APPROVAL NUMBER AND . IC ID: 2807E-GNOV1N 1. Push the MENU button and touch [CARW-
INFORMATION INGS].
GUID-F0AA20DA-0E9A-4B07-9B1A-092D80B69127
WARNING
. The TCU antenna is installed inside
the upper central part of the instru-
ment panel. An occupant should not
get any closer to the antenna than
specified by the pacemaker manu- LNG0127X
facturer. The radio waves from the
TCU antenna may adversely affect 2. Touch [All Information Feeds].
the operation of the pacemaker
while using the CARWINGSTM ser-
vice.
. Radio waves could adversely affect
electric medical equipment. Those
who use a pacemaker should con-
tact the electric medical equipment
manufacturer regarding the possi- LNG0002X
ble influences before use.
3. Touch the preferred folder. An information
. FCC ID: LHJGNOV1N feed list is displayed.
The antenna(s) used for this transmitter
must not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.
TM
CARWINGS 5-7

(162,1)
LNG0003X LNG0126X LNG0005X

Screen when Auto-play is on Screen when Auto-play is off
4. Touch the preferred information feed. An *
1 When the selected feed includes image data, the When [Menu] is touched during Auto-play, the
information feed screen is displayed. images are displayed. If not, only titles are shown. Auto-play function stops and the settings
*
2 [Menu]: appear on the screen. The items displayed on
INFO: Various operation menus become available. the screen vary depending on the feeds that are
. Touch [Stop] while communicating with the
*
3 [ ]/[ ]: received.
Touch [ ] to have the system announce the
NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center to can- previous information. Touch [ ] to have the
Available settings
cel the communication. system announce the next information. . [Play]:
. A message is displayed when the commu- *
4 The page number, the number of information The system will resume reading out the
nication is disconnected while downloading items, location data information and telephone information.
information due to poor communication data information are displayed.
. [Show Map]:
status. Touch [Yes] to restart the download. Auto-play function: If a feed received includes information about
This function receives feeds from the NISSAN shops etc., it may also include map data.
HOW TO VIEW INFORMATION
CARWINGS Data Center, displays them on the Touch to display the map on the screen.
SCREEN GUID-CB6B0273-32D6-4759-8027-AC18D1A89923 screen, and then automatically reads out the . [New Dest.]:
When the information screen is displayed, the contents.
contents are shown with images and sounds. If a feed received includes map data, the
location can be set as a destination.
. [Add to Route]:
If a route is already set, the location of the
feed received can be added to the route as
TM
5-8 CARWINGS

(163,1)
STORING FAVORITES
GUID-8AF4ACAC-7596-4B20-A3CF-4558D306A3FE
a destination or a waypoint. . [Delete Feed] A maximum of 16 favorite feeds selected from

. [Call]: Deletes the feeds that are stored in the the information feeds can be stored in a folder.
If a feed received includes a telephone history. 1. Push the MENU button and touch [CARW-
number, it will be displayed on the screen. INGS].
Touch to make a phone call. A cellular phone INFO:
must be connected to the vehicle before
. Some images are not displayed depending
making a phone call.
on the contents.
. [Show Image]:
. Some words such as personal names, place
If a feed received includes image data, it will names, special terms, symbols, etc. may not
be displayed on the screen. Touch to display be pronounced correctly. This does not
the image on the screen. indicate a malfunction.
. [Details]: . The system will pause announcements when
LNG0127X
Displays detailed information for a selected voice guidance given by the navigation 2. Touch [Favorite Feeds].
feed. system occurs. When the voice guidance
. [Store Loc.]: finishes, the system will restart the an-
If a feed received includes map data, the nouncement.
location can be registered as a registered . The volume can be adjusted when the
location in the address book . system announces the information.
. [My Location]: Volume settings (page 1-16)
Displays the map for the current position.
. [Lock Feed]: LNG0007X
Protects one of the feeds that are stored in
the history from being deleted. 3. Touch [Add New]. A folder list is displayed.
. [Unlock Feed]:
This will be displayed only when a selected
feed is already protected. Touch to cancel
protection.
TM
CARWINGS 5-9

(164,1)
GOOGLE SEARCH
GUID-2F43976A-4831-41AD-9410-508DAE208600
6. Check the contents of the message, then Information can be searched by entering key
touch [Yes]. When the contents of the words using Google.
information are sent to the NISSAN CARW- 1. Push the (Zero Emission menu) button
INGS Data Center, the registration is and touch [CARWINGS].
completed.
2. Touch [POIs powered by GoogleTM].
INFO:
LNG0008X
. The contents that are entered in the favorites
4. Touch the preferred folder from the list. An folder need to be transmitted to the NISSAN
information feed list is displayed. CARWINGS Data Center. Registration of
the contents is not completed until the data
is transmitted to the NISSAN CARWINGS
Data Center. LNG0123X
. A message is displayed if communication is
interrupted while downloading information. 3. Select the place for searching.
Touch [Yes] to restart the download. Available settings
LNG0009X Search from a location near the current

location.
5. Touch a favorite feed to be stored. . [Near Destination]:
Search from the locations near the

destination.
. [Near Scroll Position]:
Search from any available location.

. [Near City Center]:
Search from a designated location.

LNG0011X
TM
5-10 CARWINGS

(165,1)
TM
VIEWING CARWINGS RECORDS
GUID-B02BC457-9D3A-45FA-AD2A-E9C0285F174C
INFO: The information feeds that were referred to

previously are displayed. A maximum of 3 feeds
If the [Call] is displayed on the right side of are stored in the history.
the screen, it is possible to make a call.
1. Push the MENU button and touch [CARW-
INGS].
LNG0124X
4. Enter key words and then touch [Search]. A

list of search results is displayed. Touch the
preferred information from the list.
LNG0052X
2. Touch [History]. An Information feed list is

displayed.
INFO:
LNG0125X . When the number of feeds stored in the

history reaches the limit, the system deletes
5. Detailed information screen is displayed. the oldest feed and saves a new feed.
. One feed that should not be deleted can be
protected. To protect history of information
feeds visited, display the screen for the
information feed you want to protect and
after auto-play has been paused, touch
[Lock chan.].
How to view information screen
(page 5-8)
TM
CARWINGS 5-11

(166,1)
TM
CARWINGSGUID-69B796CD-BFBC-4A91-812B-C2C18DEEAE27
SETTINGS
information is automatically downloaded and (page 5-18)
the map data is updated. . [Reset all CARWINGS settings to default]:
. [Service Reminders]: All CARWINGSTM settings are reset to the
The information that is sent from the factory default setting.
NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center is dis- Reset all CARWINGSTM settings to
played. default (page 5-18)
. [Information Feed Setting]:
LNG0135X SETTING MESSAGES THAT ARE
Set the timing of the connection to the
RECEIVED GUID-4F33BF3B-7AF0-4C31-BA79-0DDD8E740EB6
BY EMAIL
1. Push the MENU button and touch [CARW- NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center, or edit
the list of the information feeds. Sends a notification to a preset e-mail address.
INGS].
Information feed setting (page 5-15) This notification includes the charge connector
2. Touch [CARWINGS Settings]. status and the charge completion. To receive a
. [Vehicle Data Transmission Setting]:
3. Touch the item you would like to set. notification to your personal computer or cellular
[Share Vehicle Information]: phone, an e-mail address should be set before-
Available settings Vehicle information (driving history, etc.) is
. [Charging Messages]: hand. For details, access the NISSAN Owners
automatically sent to the NISSAN CARWINGS Portal Website.
Sends a notification to a preset e-mail Data Center.
address. This notification includes the [Share Vehicle Info When Powered On]: Storing location for receiving charge
charge connector status and the charge Vehicle information (such as the driving history, connector disconnected notifica-
completion. etc.) is automatically sent to the NISSAN tions GUID-81AE1261-98BD-4D5B-B487-793E89BB1538
Setting messages that are received CARWINGS Data Center every time the power A maximum of 5 regularly used charging stations
by email (page 5-12) switch is turned to the ACC, ON or READY can be registered. If the charging connector is
. [Sign in]: position. disconnected in one of these locations, an email
The user ID and password can be entered. [Delete Share Vehicle Information] informing you of this will be sent.
Inputting user ID and password Vehicle information (driving history, etc.) is 1. Touch [Store charging plug reminder loca-
(page 1-11) deleted. tions].
. [Auto-Update Stations]: . [Unit ID Information]:
When information for new charging stations The necessary information for user registra-
is received while the vehicle is connecting to tion is displayed.
the NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center, the Displaying unit ID information
TM
5-12 CARWINGS

(167,1)
LNG0020X LNG0022X LNG0024X
2. Touch [Add New]. 4. When a preferred location is displayed at 3. Touch the item you would like to set.
the center of the map, confirm the location Available settings
and touch [OK]. A message is displayed, . [Edit Name]:
and the location is stored. Changes the name of a stored location.
Editing charging plug reminder location: How to input letters and numbers
(page 1-7)
1. Touch [Store charging plug reminder loca- . [Relocate]:
tions].
Adjusts the location of the stored loca-
tion.
LNG0021X
. [Delete]:
3. Touch the appropriate method to search for Deletes the stored address.
a location. . [OK]:
Setting destination (page 3-17) Applies the settings.
Setting time for receiving charge

LNG0023X connector status notifications
GUID-95509E3B-7FE0-4856-96AD-358A12828D54
2. Touch the preferred stored location from the This confirms the charge connector status at the
list. set checking time. If the charge connector is
then disconnected, a notification is sent to the
preset e-mail address.
TM
CARWINGS 5-13

(168,1)
1. Touch [Charging Plug Reminder Time]. Sending charge connector status INFO:
informationGUID-A7265620-4E47-42C9-B4F5-C994D226466F
to Data Center Even if the notification service for the charge
If the system recognizes that the charge connector status is set, no notification is sent
connector is not connected to the vehicle even and no status can be checked under the
though the charge timer function is set, the following conditions.
system transmits this information to the NISSAN . The system will check the connection status
CARWINGS Data Center. When the NISSAN of the charge connector within the period of
CARWINGS Data Center receives the informa- time set, but will not check once this period
LNG0025X tion, it will send an e-mail to the specified of time has been exceeded. Therefore, if the
address to inform you of the charge connector charge connector is removed from the
2. Touch the preferred checking time. The status. vehicle after the period of time set, a
indicator of the selected time illuminates. notification is not sent.
Available checking times . The charge connector status notification
. 5 min does not indicate the start of battery
. 10 min
charging.
. 15 min
. No notification is sent if the vehicle is
. 30 min
outside the communication service area.
. 1 hour
. The notification does not include the reason
3. When the power switch is placed in the OFF LNG0026X why the charge connector is disconnected.
position from the ON position, the setting
. If the vehicle is not used for 2 weeks,
will be set to ON. 1. Touch [Send unplugged status to Data
communication with the vehicle is disabled.
Center]. The indicator illuminates when the
item is set. . If the power switch is in the ON position, no
INFO:
notification is sent.
When the power switch is placed in the OFF
position from the ACC position, the check time Sending battery charge status in-
setting will be reset. formation to Data Center
GUID-4E35BF0B-A71A-4523-A882-BE98AF936E8A
If a battery charge is interrupted before it is
completed, the system recognizes this and
transmits this information to the NISSAN
TM
5-14 CARWINGS

(169,1)
CARWINGS Data Center. When the NISSAN INFO:

CARWINGS Data Center receives the informa-
Even if the notification service for the charge
tion, it will send an email to the specified
completion is set, no notification is sent and no
address to inform you of the battery charge
status can be checked under the following
status.
conditions.
. The charge interruption notification does not
always indicate the completion of battery
LNG0028X
charging.
. This notification does not mean that the 2. Confirm the contents of the message, then
timer charge function did not start at the touch [Yes].
time set.
. No notification is sent if the vehicle is INFORMATION FEED SETTING
GUID-3D2E926D-340E-4D01-9009-F4FC72E2D867
LNG0027X outside the communication service area. Set the timing of the connection to the NISSAN
. The notification does not include the reason CARWINGS Data Center, or edit the list of the
1. Touch [Send charging status to Data Cen-
why the battery charging was interrupted. information feeds. You can also delete all the
ter]. The indicator illuminates when the item
history of the information feeds used.
is set. . If the vehicle is not used for 2 weeks,
communication with the vehicle is disabled. 1. Touch [Information Feed Setting].
Emails that are received from the NISSAN
CARWINGS Data Center inform you of the . If the power switch is in the ON position, no
following: notification is sent.
. Interruption to battery charge Restoring default settings for noti-
. Current battery level fications GUID-9144B37D-5880-40BD-AAAD-6A319ECE24CE
. Battery capacity All settings are set to the factory default settings.
. Driving range (Two values are shown: when
1. Touch [Reset All Notifications to Default]. A
the air conditioner is on or off) LNG0029X
confirmation message is displayed.
TM
CARWINGS 5-15

(170,1)
Available settings 1. Touch [Select Download Interval]. . [Every 60 min]:

. [Download Automatically]: When the power switch is turned to the
ON position and every 60 minutes after
Set the timing of automatic connection to the power switch is turned to the ON
the NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center, position, the system will automatically
or the channel to be automatically con- connect to the NISSAN CARWINGS
nected to. Data Center.
. [Edit Feed List]:
. [Every 120 min]:
Information feeds that are frequently When the power switch is turned to the
used can be registered to the favorites ON position and every 120 minutes after
LNG0031X
list, and the information feed list can be the power switch is turned to the ON
updated or restored to the factory default 2. Touch the preferred time setting. The position, the system will automatically
setting. connect to the NISSAN CARWINGS
indicator of the selected time setting illumi-
. [Delete All Information Feed records]:
nates. Data Center.
All information feeds stored in the history Select information feed:
are deleted. Available time settings
. [Never]: Set the information feed that is displayed when
Download automatically
GUID-5F6C719B-CD03-4EDA-AF07-60B39AF26076 The system does not automatically con- the system automatically connects to the
nect to the NISSAN CARWINGS Data NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center. Before
Select download interval:
Center. performing this setting, the timing of the auto-
Set the timing of automatic connection to the . [Power on]: matic connection function needs to be set.
NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center.
When the power switch is turned to the
ON position, the system will automati-
cally connect to the NISSAN CARW-
INGS Data Center.
. [Every 30 min]:
When the power switch is turned to the

ON position and every 30 minutes after
the power switch is turned to the ON
position, the system will automatically LNG0032X
LNG0030X
connect to the NISSAN CARWINGS
Data Center.
TM
5-16 CARWINGS

(171,1)
1. Touch [Select Information Feed]. A folder list Edit feed list in a folder.
is displayed.
GUID-F99B64E4-ED4C-4C15-BC10-5F011B6FDEC7 Storing favorites (page 5-9)
Information feeds that are frequently used can
. [Update Feed List]:
be registered to the favorites list, and the
information feed list can be updated or restored Connect to the NISSAN CARWINGS
to the factory default setting. Data Center and update the information
feed list.
. [Initialize Feed List]:
Restore the information feed list to the
factory default setting.
LNG0033X Delete all information feed records
GUID-AD725792-06A7-4710-925B-E6F4FAF6EBA1
2. Touch the preferred folder from the list. An All information feeds stored in the history are
information feed list is displayed. deleted.
LNG0035X
1. Touch [Edit Feed List].
LNG0034X LNG0037X
3. Touch the preferred information feed from 1. Touch [Delete All Information Feed records].
LNG0036X A confirmation message is displayed.
the list. A message is displayed, and the
selected information feed is set. 2. Touch the item you would like to set.
Available settings
. [Add to Favorites]:
A maximum of 16 favorite feeds selected
from the information feeds can be stored
TM
CARWINGS 5-17

(172,1)
LNG0038X LNC0022X LNG0039X
2. Confirm the contents of the message, then Available information 1. Touch [Reset all CARWINGS settings to
touch [Yes]. . Unit ID default]. A confirmation message is dis-
. TCU ID played.
INFO: . TCU Phone No.
Once the information feeds are deleted from the . SIM ID

history, the deleted items cannot be restored. . VIN
DISPLAYING UNIT ID INFORMATION

GUID-8741EEAB-0C9B-4A53-A614-CA214B360C84
4. Touch [BACK] to return to the previous
1. Push the MENU button and touch [CARW- screen.
INGS]. RESET ALL CARWINGSTM SETTINGS
2. Touch [CARWINGS Settings]. LNG0040X
TO DEFAULT
GUID-6D2CAE9E-8983-4DAA-A8E3-8A6B0BEDF798
3. Touch [Unit ID Information]. The unit in- TM
All CARWINGS are reset to the factory 2. Confirm the contents of the message, then
formation screen is displayed. default setting. touch [Yes].
TM
5-18 CARWINGS

(173,1)
ERROR MESSAGE ON
COMMUNICATION
GUID-A612237F-2B0E-4347-871F-77F4C00A717A
The display may show the following messages on the screen while using the CARWINGSTM service. If the messages are displayed, follow the on screen
instructions. Otherwise, contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
Error message Possible solution
Downloading... Data downloading from the NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center.
Please wait.
Connection is need to store Favorite Feed Settings. Connection to the NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center is necessary to store your favorite feeds.
Connect now? To connect to the data center, touch [Yes] on the message screen.
There is additional content remaining. To download, touch [Yes] on the message screen.
Download now?
System Busy. The system is busy.
Please wait.
Connecting... Connecting to the NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center.
Please wait.
Connecting to Center Connecting to the NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center.
Please wait.
No service. The service is not available in the area.
Please try again in an area where connection to the NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center is possible.
The connection to the center failed. Connection to the NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center failed.
Please try again later.
Please proceed to the Data Communication setting menu. Data connection setting is necessary.
Touch [Phone & CARWINGS] to complete the data connection setting.
Telematics unit is not connected. TCU is not connected.
Please contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
Telematics communication is currently busy. The line is busy.
Please try again later. Please try again later.
Would you like to connect to the center again? To reconnect to the NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center, touch [Yes] on the message screen.
Subscription is required to receive service. Please check if your CARWINGSTM subscription is active, and if the password you entered is correct.
Please confirm subscription and password.
TM
CARWINGS 5-19

(174,1)
DATA COMMUNICATION SETTINGS

GUID-3C8F9DA8-DBD3-4E5C-9F8B-8E948F862FD6
AUTOMATICGUID-A4C708A1-037E-468D-B859-B12809688AE0
CARRIER SETTINGS
tings].
2. Touch [Phone & CARWINGS].
LNG0015X LNG0017X
5. Touch [Automatic Setup]. The indicator 4. Touch [Select Carrier].

illuminates when the item is set.
MANUAL CARRIER SETTINGS
GUID-F246C263-22FD-4128-A601-C1C2FC563748
LNG0013X
3. Touch [Data Communication]. tings].
LNG0018X
5. Touch [Manual Setup]. The indicator illumi-

nates, and then [Select Carrier] can be
touched.
LNG0014X 6. Touch [Select Carrier]. A list screen is
LNG0016X displayed.
4. Touch [Select Carrier].
3. Touch [Data Communication].
TM
5-20 CARWINGS

(175,1)
LNG0019X
7. Touch the preferred carrier from the list. The

indicator illuminates when the item is set.
TM
CARWINGS 5-21

(176,1)
MEMO
TM
5-22 CARWINGS

(177,1)
6 Viewing technical information
Information screen .....................................................................

... 6-2 Nearby traffic info. .............................................................
... 6-7
Viewing vehicle information .....................................................
... 6-3 Display urgent traffic information ...................................
... 6-8
Viewing maintenance information ....................................
... 6-3 Traffic information on map ...............................................
... 6-8
Comfort & Convenience settings .....................................
... 6-4 Traffic information settings ...........................................
... 6-10
Viewing information about current vehicle location .......... ... 6-4 Viewing GPS current location information ......................
... 6-11
Viewing Charging Station information ..................................
... 6-5 Viewing navigation system version information .............. ... 6-12
Viewing available traffic information ......................................
... 6-6
Info on route ..........................................................................
... 6-7

(178,1)
INFORMATION SCREEN
GUID-5E9B2C85-D229-414A-96FE-2A3389057A2B
This screen sets or displays various information . [Where am I?]: INFO:
that is helpful for using the vehicle. Available Displays information regarding the current
items include the vehicle information, Traffic Info. A NavTraffic subscription is necessary to view
vehicle location.
setup, current location information, GPS infor- Traffic Info.
Viewing information about current
mation, Voice Recognition list and navigation vehicle location (page 6-4)
software version.
. [Charging Station Info]:
Displays charging station information for the
current location.
Viewing Charging Station informa-
tion (page 6-5)
. [Traffic Info]:
Allows Traffic Info. setup.
Viewing available traffic information
LNH0121X (page 6-6)
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Info]. . [Voice Recognition]:
2. Touch the item you would like to set. Displays the voice command list.
Displaying command list (page 8-6)
Available settings
. [GPS Position]:
. [Energy Info]: Displays GPS information regarding the
Energy information is displayed on the current vehicle location.
screen. Viewing GPS current location infor-
Energy information display mation (page 6-11)
(page 2-8) . [Navigation Version]:
. [Maintenance]: Displays the current navigation system ver-
Displays the vehicle maintenance informa- sion.
tion. Viewing navigation system version
Viewing maintenance information information (page 6-12)
(page 6-3)
6-2 Viewing technical information

(179,1)
VIEWING VEHICLE INFORMATION

GUID-B396AE18-C833-4CC3-88AD-CCFAB28E4A80
VIEWING MAINTENANCE INFOR-

MATION GUID-921A0AF1-AF9A-440B-B1A6-CC6ACA5751CC
The maintenance intervals can be displayed for
your preferred maintenance items.
LNH0003X LNH0004X
1. Reset the driving distance to the new The Reminder will be automatically displayed as
maintenance schedule. shown when both of the following conditions are
2. Set the interval (mileage) of the maintenance met:
LNH0002X schedule. To determine the recommended . the vehicle is driven the set distance and the
maintenance interval, refer to the "NISSAN power switch is pushed to the LOCK
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Info.]. Service and Maintenance Guide". position.
2. Touch [Maintenance]. 3. To display the reminder automatically when . the power switch is pushed to the ACC or
3. Select the maintenance interval for the the set trip distance is reached, touch ON position the next time you drive the
battery, air conditioner filter, tire and other [Reminder]. vehicle after the set value has been reached.
reminders. 4. To return the display to MAINTENANCE To return to the previous screen after the
You can also set the system to display a INFO., touch [BACK]. maintenance reminder screen is displayed,
message to remind you that the maintenance touch [OK].
The unit can be converted between "US" and
needs to be performed. "Metric". The maintenance reminder screen is displayed
The following example shows how to set the Unit settings (page 1-17) each time the power switch is pushed to the ON
battery maintenance information. Use the same position unless one of the following operations is
steps to set the other maintenance information performed:
items. . [Reset Distance] is touched.
. [Reminder] is set to OFF.
Viewing technical information 6-3

(180,1)
VIEWING INFORMATION ABOUT

CURRENT GUID-A17BC4BB-AADA-4171-BA2D-E28871BCA8F9
VEHICLE LOCATION
. the maintenance interval is set again. . [Light Sensitivity]: This displays information about the vehicle
Adjust the sensitivity of the automatic head- location on the route when driving according
COMFORT & CONVENIENCE SET- to route guidance.
light by touching [+] or [-].
TINGS GUID-5299EC94-C57D-49DF-88DE-4252E79D3654 . [Light Off Delay]:
This key does not appear on the display until the
Select the duration of the automatic head-
power switch is pushed to the ON position.
light off timer from 0, 30, 45, 60, 90, 120,
150 and 180 second periods.
. [Selective Door Unlock]:
When this item is turned on, only the drivers
door is unlocked first after the door unlock
operation. When the door handle request LNH0006X
switch on the drivers or front passengers 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Info.].
side door is pushed to be unlocked, only the
LNH0005X corresponding door is unlocked first. All the 2. Touch [Where am I?].
doors can be unlocked if the door unlock Contents of vehicle location information
tings]. operation is performed again within 60 *
1 Next Street:
seconds. When this item is turned to OFF, Displays the next street on the route.
2. Touch [Comfort & Convenience]. all the doors will be unlocked after the door *
2 Displays the distance to the next intersection on
3. Touch the item you would like to set. unlock operation is performed once. the route.
Available settings . [Intelligent Key Lock/Unlock]: *
3 Current Street:
When this item is turned to ON, door lock/ Displays the current street on the route.
. [Auto Interior Illumination]:
unlock function by pushing the door handle *
4 Previous Street:
When this item is turned on, the interior Displays the previous street on the route.
lights will illuminate if any door is unlocked. request switch will be activated.
. [Return All Settings to Default]: *
5 Displays the distance traveled from the previous
. [Speed Sensing Wiper Interval]: intersection on the route.
When this item is turned to ON, the wiper Touch this item and touch [Yes] if you want
interval is adjusted automatically according to return all settings to the default.
to the vehicle speed.

(181,1)
VIEWING CHARGING STATION

INFORMATION
GUID-D9F58D02-2C3C-44E4-8AAB-BBB6924AB8DF
Location information about the charging stations 2. Touch [Charging Station Info].
near the current vehicle position or the destina-
tion can be checked. The searched charging
stations can be used for the route search
function.
CAUTION
LNH0009X
Charging station information may not LNH0122X 4. Touch the preferred charging station from
be detailed in all areas or reflect current
3. Touch the preferred setting. A list screen is the list. Information about the charging
charging station locations. For up to
displayed. station is displayed.
tions, such as business hours or char- Available settings
ging equipment, NISSAN recommends . [Near Current Location]:
that you directly access the information
The charging stations located near the
on your own. Additionally, always check current vehicle position are displayed.
the Li-ion battery available charge and
set a reasonable driving schedule.
The charging stations located near the
destination are displayed.
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Info]. LNH0010X
. [Near Scroll Position]:
The map screen is displayed and the 5. Touch the confirmation items. Touch [BACK]
charging stations located near the area to return to the previous screen.
where the cross pointer is placed are Available confirmation items
displayed.
. [Near City Center]:
. [Show Map]:
Displays the selected charging station and
The charging stations located near the sets it as the destination.
center of a city are displayed.
LNH0121X Operations after setting destination
(page 3-36)

(182,1)
VIEWING AVAILABLE TRAFFIC

INFORMATION
GUID-C3CED98E-C094-4510-B148-64D1ABD9EAF1
. [Call]: NavTraffic information is a subscription service

Makes a call for the selected charging offered by SiriusXM Satellite Radio. WARNING
station. A cellular phone should be con- This service provides real-time information
nected beforehand. regarding traffic flow, accidents, road construc- NavTraffic information is not a substi-
Connecting cellular phone tion and other incidents, where available. tute for attentive driving. Traffic condi-
(page 1-13) tions change constantly and emergency
NavTraffic combines information from commer-
situations can arise without warning.
. [Details]: cial and public traffic data providers including
Relying only on NavTraffic information
Displays detailed information including the government departments of transportation, po-
may lead to a collision and could result
type and number of charging devices exist- lice, emergency services, road sensors, cameras
in serious personal injury.
ing at the selected charging station. and aircraft reports. The traffic information is
broadcast to the vehicle by the SiriusXM
Satellite Radio. Available traffic information on
INFO:
the route the driver selected is shown on the
navigation screen so traffic conditions between . Flow information is provided only for roads
you and the destination are known. Three types equipped with traffic sensors and is not
of real-time traffic information for major road- available in all markets covered by the
ways are shown on the navigation system: service. Flow data may not be available on
* Unscheduled traffic data for example, acci- portions of a road that is under construction.
dents and disabled vehicles. . If a contract is not completed for NavTraffic
* Scheduled traffic data, for example road traffic information service, a message ap-
construction and road closures. pears, and it will not be possible to check
the information on the traffic information
* Traffic flow information (rate of speed data). menu.
NavTraffic information is available in limited
markets. To subscribe or to check if this service
is available in the area:
call 1-866-635-2349 or see www.siriusxm.
com/navtraffic

(183,1)
LNH0011X LNH0012X LNH0014X
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Info.]. 1. Touch [Info on Route]. A list screen is 3. The map screen centered around the
2. Touch [Traffic Info]. displayed. selected event is displayed. On the left
screen, detailed information about the event
3. Touch the preferred information setting.
is displayed.
Available settings
The message can be scrolled by touching
. [Info on Route]: [ ] or [ ].
Displays the list of traffic information found 4. Touch [BACK] to return to the previous
on the recommended route from the current screen.
vehicle location to the destination.
. [Nearby Traffic Info]: LNH0013X
NEARBY TRAFFIC INFO.
GUID-A542A19F-7B72-4F87-A8E7-7A00E73E1A98
Displays the list of traffic information around The list of available traffic information near the
the current vehicle location. 2. Touch the event to check the detailed current vehicle location is displayed.
information.
INFO ON ROUTE
GUID-26F6B1D8-668A-40FF-88E4-FCB3FDB65FDE
This is only available when a route is set.
The list of traffic information found on the
recommended route from the current vehicle
location to the destination is displayed. Detailed
information about displayed events can also be
checked. LNH0015X

(184,1)
1. Touch [Nearby Traffic Info]. A list screen is DISPLAY URGENT TRAFFIC INFOR- the vehicle approaches the detour point.
displayed. MATION GUID-922958E3-92B3-40A9-B2C0-B7954B24AC3D
TRAFFIC INFORMATION ON MAP
When an urgent event is found near the current GUID-AB3BF49A-86CB-4B03-A2B4-AA2AD7E31596
vehicle location, a message pops up automati- With subscription to NavTraffic service, traffic
cally with a voice announcement. information is displayed on both Plan View and
BirdviewTM map screen.
See "Notes on Traffic Information" for further
information.
Notes on Nav Traffic information
LNH0016X (page 10-38)
2. Touch the event to check detailed informa-

tion.
LNH0018X
The message includes the icon, event type,

event information and the direct distance from
the current location to the event.
INFO:
. Urgent traffic information is displayed re-
LNH0017X
gardless of whether the traffic information
3. The map screen centered around the setting is on or off.
selected event is displayed. On the left . When there are multiple urgent events, the
screen, detailed information about the event event with the shortest direct distance from
is displayed. The message can be scrolled the current location is displayed.
touch [ ] or [ ]. . If the urgent event is on the recommended
4. Touch [BACK] to return to the previous route, and if a detour is found, the detour
screen. route notification screen is displayed when

(185,1)
Screen information : Closed road

GUID-114661F6-283A-48E6-A282-06966EFC0F99
: Information
: Road work
: Slippery road
: Weather
: Incident
Traffic information display and scale

levels GUID-F241FEAF-60AD-42D5-BE0E-89F222F845D8
2D map and Birdview Map

5 miles 10 km
LNH0019X 2 miles 4 km
*1 Traffic indicator: 1 mile 2 km

(Purple)
1/2 mile 1 km
Displays the reception condition of traffic infor- *
3 Estimated travel time to destination calculated
mation transmitted from the provider. taking traffic information on route info considera- 1/4 mile 500 m
Green: Reception condition is good. tion. 1/8 mile 200 m
Gray: Reception condition is poor. *
4 Traffic information icon: 1/16 mile 100 m
No mark: Subscription to NavTraffic service is not If the route is not already set, all of the traffic 1/32 mile 50 m
detected. information icons on the map screen are dis-
1/64 mile 25 m
*
2 Road conditions played in color. When the route is already set, the
Free Flow: (Green) icons on the route are displayed in color, and the
icons outside the route are displayed in gray.
Moderate traffic: (Yellow)
Heavy traffic: (Red) : Accident
Section affected by serious traffic event:

(186,1)
Checking detailed information for is displayed. You can scroll the message by
traffic information icons on map touching [ ] or [ ].
GUID-28EFD838-29AC-45EF-BC9E-086ABE9A3F5B
TRAFFIC INFORMATION SETTINGS
GUID-6EFBBA9B-B2DE-4BB5-BA6A-8F97BE784DF6
This displays or changes the settings for the
traffic information related functions. LNH0023X
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set- 4. Touch the preferred setting. The indicator for
LNH0020X tings]. the selected setting illuminates.
2. Touch [Navigation]. Available settings
1. Place the cross pointer over the traffic
information icon. The general description of . [Use Traffic Info].:
the icon is displayed. Enables all traffic information related func-
2. Touch [Detail]. The screen for showing tions.
detailed information for the traffic informa- . [Show Incidents on Map]:
tion icon is displayed. Displays the traffic incidents (e.g., accident)
on the map screen.
LNH0022X . [Show Traffic Flow on Map]:
Displays the traffic flow with an arrow on the
3. Touch [Traffic Info Settings]. map screen.
. [Traffic Announcement]:
Announces the traffic information event on
the route.
LNH0021X
3. The map screen centered around the

selected event is displayed. On the left
screen, detailed information about the event

(187,1)
VIEWING GPS CURRENT LOCATION

INFORMATION
GUID-E776263C-893E-44F9-BD26-9CE6B875D04D
INFO: This displays GPS information, such as the Cannot calculate because no GPS satellites can
positioning status, latitude/longitude, altitude be located.
. Even when [Show Traffic Flow on Map] and and satellite locations. *
3 Latitude:
[Show Incidents on Map] are set to OFF, the Displays the latitude.
list display of [Info on Route] and [Nearby *
4 Longitude:
Traffic Info] will not be affected. Displays the longitude.
. Even when [Traffic Announcement] is set to *
5 Approx Altitude:
OFF, the route guidance will not be affected. Displays the approximate altitude.
Also, the announcement of emergency
information will not be turned off.
LNH0029X
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Info.].

2. Touch [GPS Position].
Contents of GPS information
*
1 The number of satellites:
(green): Satellites are available.
(gray): Satellites are being searched for.
*
2 Calculation:
Displays the GPS positioning method.
3 dimension:
Calculates the latitude, longitude and altitude by
four or more satellites.
2 dimension:
Calculates the latitude, longitude and altitude by
three or more satellites.
Out of range:

(188,1)
VIEWING NAVIGATION SYSTEM

VERSION INFORMATION
GUID-2286BD91-8259-4719-BA17-5CC144BF2D35
This displays the map version information.
LNH0024X
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Info.].

2. Touch [Navigation Version].

(189,1)
MEMO

(190,1)
MEMO

(191,1)
7 Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System
Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System ...............................

... 7-2 Receiving a call ..................................................................
... 7-5
Regulatory information ........................................................
... 7-3 During a call ........................................................................
... 7-6
Control button and microphone .......................................
... 7-3 Storing Quick Dial .............................................................
... 7-6
Connecting procedure ........................................................
... 7-4 Text message ......................................................................
... 7-8
Phone selection ....................................................................
... 7-4 Phone settings ....................................................................
... 7-9
Making a call .........................................................................
... 7-5 Car phone or CB radio ........................................................
... 7-13

(192,1)
BLUETOOTH HANDS-FREE PHONE

SYSTEM GUID-99952F72-0167-4B11-9D0E-D9F1C385EEA8
Once a cellular phone is connected to the in- . Set up the wireless connection between a
WARNING vehicle phone module, the procedure for con- compatible cellular phone and the in-vehicle
necting the phone does not need to be phone module before using the Bluetooth
. Use a phone after stopping your performed again. Your phone is automatically Hands-Free Phone System.
vehicle in a safe location. If you selected with the in-vehicle phone module when . Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones
have to use a phone while driving, the power switch is pushed to the ON position may not be recognized by the in-vehicle
exercise extreme caution at all with the selected cellular phone turned on and phone module.
times so full attention may be given carried in the vehicle.
to vehicle operation. Please visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth
You can register up to 3 different Bluetooth for a recommended phone list.
. If you find yourself unable to devote cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module. . You will not be able to use a hands-free
full attention to vehicle operation However, you can talk on only one cellular phone phone under the following conditions:
while talking on the phone, pull off at a time.
the road to a safe location and stop Your vehicle is outside of the telephone
your vehicle before doing so. The NISSAN Voice Recognition system sup- service area.
ports phone commands, so dialing a phone Your vehicle is in an area where it is
number using your voice is possible. difficult to receive radio waves; such as in
8. Voice recognition a tunnel, in an underground parking
CAUTION
Before using the Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone garage, behind a tall building or in a
System, refer to the following notes. mountainous area.
To avoid draining the vehicle battery,
use a phone after the READY to drive . Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth Your cellular phone is locked in order to
indicator light is ON. functions share the same frequency band prevent dialing.
(2.4 GHz). Using the Bluetooth and the . When the radio wave condition is not ideal
Your vehicle is equipped with Bluetooth wireless LAN functions at the same time may or ambient sound is too loud, it may be
Hands-Free Phone System. If you are an owner slow down or disconnect the communica- difficult to hear the other persons voice
of a compatible Bluetooth enabled cellular tion and cause undesired noise. It is during a call.
phone, you can set up the wireless connection recommended that you turn off the wireless . Immediately after the power switch is
between your cellular phone and the in-vehicle LAN (Wi-Fi) when using the Bluetooth pushed to the ON position, it may be
phone module. With Bluetooth wireless tech- functions. impossible to receive a call for a short
nology, you can make or receive a telephone call period of time.
with your cellular phone in your pocket.

7-2 Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System

(193,1)
. Do not place the cellular phone in an area . Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as this device must accept any interference,
surrounded by metal or far away from the in- possible to hear the callers voice clearly as including interference that may cause
vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality well as to minimize its echoes. undesired operation of the device.
degradation and wireless connection dis- . If reception between callers is unclear, . This Class B digital apparatus meets all
ruption. adjusting the incoming or outgoing call requirements of the Canadian Interference-
. While a cellular phone is connected through volume may improve the clarity. Causing Equipment Regulations.
the Bluetooth wireless connection, the Bluetooth trademark:
battery power of the cellular phone may REGULATORY INFORMATION
GUID-840AD5C0-AA6E-4478-83E4-9D3DC4D5072C
Bluetooth is a trademark owned
discharge quicker than usual. FCC Regulatory information by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and
GUID-77D05CEE-1B1F-4251-A1D7-C3109BD2DE0B
. If the Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System . CAUTION: To maintain compliance with licensed to Clarion.
seems to be malfunctioning, please visit FCCs RF exposure guidelines, use only
www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for trouble-
CONTROL BUTTON AND MICRO-
the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna, PHONE
shooting help. modification, or attachments could damage GUID-85AC7B74-1DD6-44DF-B6D3-E2E5644CE195
. Some cellular phones or other devices may the transmitter and may violate FCC regula-
cause interference or a buzzing noise to tions.
come from the audio system speakers. . Operation is subject to the following two
Storing the device in a different location conditions:
may reduce or eliminate the noise.
this device may not cause interference
. Refer to the cellular phone Owners Manual and
regarding the telephone pairing procedure
this device must accept any interference,
specific to your phone, battery charging,
including interference that may cause
cellular phone antenna, etc.
undesired operation of the device
. The antenna display on the monitor will not
coincide with the antenna display of some IC Regulatory information
GUID-4EC6610C-03CA-410D-997C-9192EA7CA320
cellular phones. . Operation is subject to the following two
. The battery display on the monitor will not conditions:
coincide with the battery display of some this device may not cause interference,
cellular phones. and LNI0001X

Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System 7-3

(194,1)
*
1 Microphone Manual for the details.
*
2 button on the steering wheel
You can also visit www.nissanusa.com/blue-
CONNECTING PROCEDURE
GUID-46BD8347-EF56-4BDE-AE6B-DB97C7EC282D
tooth or call NISSAN Consumer Affairs
Department for instructions on pairing
NISSAN recommended cellular phones.
When the connection process is completed,
the screen will return to the Phone menu
LNI0158X
display.
PHONE SELECTION 3. Touch one of the registered cellular phones
GUID-205885D8-3C6A-48D8-97F0-5631F1B29D25
from the list.
LNI0134X
Up to 3 cellular phones can be registered to the
system.
1. Push the button on the steering wheel 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Phone].
and touch [Pair Phone].
LNI0159X
4. Touch [Connect]. If you select a cellular

LNI0135X phone that is different from the one currently
LNI0157X connected, the newly selected phone will be
2. Touch [Paired Phones]. The list of the connected to the system.
2. When a PIN code appears on the screen, registered cellular phones is displayed.
operate the Bluetooth compatible cellular
phone to enter the PIN code.
The procedure for connecting of the cellular
phone varies according to each cellular
phone. See the cellular phone Owners


(195,1)
MAKING A CALL system after downloading the phonebook RECEIVINGGUID-309AF505-32BC-4C5C-80D1-0E512251C11B

A CALL
GUID-A10664E4-4636-4046-949D-803558D90AF1 from the cellular phone that is connected
To make a call, follow this procedure. to the vehicle. If the phonebook is not When you hear a phone ring, the display will
1. Push the button on the steering wheel. registered, a message that reminds you change to the incoming call mode. To receive a
of phonebook data download will be call, perform one of the following procedures
displayed. listed below.
. [Keypad]: . Push the button on the steering wheel.
Input the phone number manually using . Touch [Answer].
the keypad displayed on the screen.
How to input letters and numbers
(page 1-7)
LNI0135X
2. Touch a method for making a call.

Available methods
. [Quick Dial]: LNI0011X
Select a telephone number from the There are some options available when receiving
phonebook, and then make a call. Before LNI0144X
making a call, the telephone number must a call. Select one of the following displayed on
be registered in the phonebook. the screen.
3. Dialing will start and the screen will change
. [Call History]: to the call in progress screen. . [Answer]:
Select a telephone number from the 4. After the call is over, perform one of the Accept an incoming call to talk.
incoming or outgoing history lists, and following actions to finish the call. . [Hold Call]:
then make a call.
. Push the button on the steering Put an incoming call on hold.
. [Phonebook]:
wheel. . [Reject Call]:
Download the phonebook from a cellular . Touch [Hang up]. Reject an incoming call.
phone that is connected to the vehicle,
select a telephone number from the To finish the call, perform one of the following
phonebook, and then make a call. Phone- procedures listed below.
book data should be registered in the


(196,1)
. Push the button on the steering wheel. voicemail.

. Touch [Hang up]. . [Switch Call]:
Answer another incoming call. The person
DURING A CALL
GUID-C160F19D-493E-4687-BE13-1F6A2E523B4E you are talking to will be placed on hold.
Push once more to speak to the person on
hold again.
By selecting [Hang up], you can end a call
and can speak to a caller who is on hold LNI0145X
again. 3. Touch [Add New] at the top of the screen.
This function may not be usable, depending
on the model of phone.
LNI0123X
There are some options available during a call. To adjust the persons voice to be louder or
Select one of the following displayed on the quieter, push the - + button on the steering
screen if necessary. wheel while talking on the phone. This adjust-
. [Hang up]: ment is also available in the SETTING menu.
Finish the call. Volume settings (page 1-16) LNI0146X
. [Use Handset]: STORING QUICK DIAL
GUID-A49C310B-A5A6-4A01-967D-40954A953CFE 4. Select the method for entering the phone-
Transfer the call to the cellular phone. By registering the frequently dialed phone book entry.
. [Mute]: numbers, you can easily call these numbers.
Available methods
Mute your voice to the person. 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Phone]. . [Copy from Call History]:
. [Cancel Mute]: 2. Touch [Quick Dial]. The system will show a list of incoming or
This will appear after [Mute] is touched. outgoing calls. Select one of these
Mute will be canceled. entries to save in the Quick Dial.
. [Keypad]: . [Copy from Phonebook]:
Using the touch tone, send digits to the The system will show the connected
connected party for using services such as cellular phones phonebook that was
downloaded (depending on the phones


(197,1)
compatibility). Select one of these entries Editing Quick Dial

to save in the Quick Dial. GUID-50D9B6E9-FE77-4AAA-8905-FB0A241C7DCE
. [Enter Number by Keypad]:
tings].
Input the phone number to save in the
Quick Dial. 2. Touch [Phone & CARWINGS].
3. Touch [Phone].
LNI0150X
6. Touch [Edit].
LNI0147X
LNI0136X
5. Touch [OK] at the top of the screen.
4. Touch [Edit Quick Dial].
LNI0151X
7. Select the desired item to change.

Available settings
. [Entry #]:
LNI0148X Changes the displayed number of the
LNI0149X selected entry.
6. After the phonebook entry is saved, it will . [Name]:
show a screen to indicate that is ready to 5. Select the desired entry from the displayed
list. Edit the name of the entry using the
call the number. Touch [BACK] to return to keypad displayed on the screen.
the Quick Dial.


(198,1)
. [Number]:
. If you are unable to devote full
Edit the phone number using the keypad attention to vehicle operation while
displayed on the screen.
using the text messaging feature,
. [Type]: pull off the road to a safe location
Select an icon from the icon list. and stop your vehicle.
8. After finishing the setting, touch [OK].
The system allows for the sending and receiving
TEXT MESSAGE
GUID-3035AC3A-032A-4500-A520-059220DE3F02 of text messages through the vehicle interface. LNI0135X
NOTE: 2. Touch [Text Message].

WARNING
. This feature is automatically disabled if
. Laws in some jurisdictions may the connected device does not support
restrict the use of some of the Message Access Profile (MAP). See the
applications and features, such as phone Owners Manual for details and
social networking and texting. instructions.
Check local regulations for any . Text-to-Speech may not be able to
requirements. read abbreviations correctly.
. Laws in some jurisdictions may LNI0138X
restrict the use of Text-to-Speech. 3. Touch [Create Message].
Check local regulations before Sending a text message
GUID-A7B45DEE-C4FE-4A95-9BF0-D9B7E9295F90
using this feature. 1. Push the phone button on the steering
. Use the text messaging feature after wheel.
stopping your vehicle in a safe
location. If you have to use the
feature while driving, exercise ex-
treme caution at all times so full
attention may be given to vehicle
LNI0139X
operation.


(199,1)
4. Enter the address and message. 2. To have a received message read aloud, . [Prev.]:
. [Address]: touch [Read], or push the button on Returns to the previous message.
Enter the address where you would like the steering wheel. . [Next]:
to send a message. After checking a received message, touch Displays to the next message.
Choose an input method from [Quick [Ignore], or push the button on the . [Play]:
Dial]/[Phonebook]/[Call History]/[Enter steering wheel.
Number by keypad]. Reads a text message.
3. To end operation, touch [Exit] or push the
. [Message]: . [Call]:
button on the steering wheel.
Enter the message. Makes a call.
To reply to a received message, touch
Select [Fixed Text] or [Custom Text] and [Reply] or push the on the steering
. [Reply]:
choose a message from the displayed wheel. Creates a reply message.
list.
From the history list:
. [Exit]:
1. Press the phone button on the steering Exits the text message.
wheel.
PHONE SETTINGS
GUID-113ACEB2-74B1-46EA-92C5-7C0462E956E7
2. Touch [Text Message] and then select a text The Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System can
message from the list. be set in detail according to the users
preference.
LNI0137X
5. Confirm the contents of the message then

touch [Send].
Reading a received text message
GUID-6E8733FE-E012-43E9-9801-EF19066E89CC
LNI0140X
When a new text message is received:
1. When a text message is received, the 3. The text message is displayed. Following LNI0136X
screen will switch to the incoming message items are available from the text message
screen. screen:


(200,1)
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set- . [Volume & Ringtone]:
tings]. Adjust various phone volume settings.
2. Touch [Phone & CARWINGS]. . [Text Message]:
3. Touch [Phone]. The text message can be customized to
make it easier to use.
Available settings Downloading phonebook memory
GUID-6E4A5D24-7485-48F0-A552-76E9EBA18E18
. [Edit Quick Dial]: 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set- LNI0152X
Phonebook registration and editing/deleting tings].

5. Touch the method for downloading the
the registered phonebook can be per- 2. Touch [Phone & CARWINGS]. phonebook memory. A message screen is
formed. 3. Touch [Phone]. displayed.
. [Call History]: Available methods
The call history lists of the incoming calls . [Download Entire Phonebook]:
and outgoing calls are displayed. The phone
numbers that are stored in the incoming or All of the phone numbers that are stored
in a phonebook of a cellular phone that is
outgoing history lists can be registered. connected to the vehicle are downloaded
. [Download Phonebook]: at once.
Phonebook data should be registered in the . [Download 1 Entry]:
system after downloading the phonebook LNI0136X Each of the phone numbers that are
from a cellular phone that is connected to stored in the phonebook of a cellular
the vehicle. A maximum of 3 phonebooks phone that is connected to the vehicle is
can be registered from cellular phones. 4. Touch [Download Phonebook]. downloaded one by one.
. [Delete Phone Information]: . [Downloaded List]:
The phone information (phonebook or his- The downloaded phonebook data is

tory) can be deleted all at the same time or displayed.
one by one.


(201,1)
Deleting phone information

GUID-57D24F70-D43C-45C8-97D0-A5CAA19DCE2D
Items that can be deleted
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set- . [Quick Dial]:
tings]. Deletes all or one of the phone number in
2. Touch [Phone & CARWINGS]. the Quick Dial.
. [Call History]:
3. Touch [Phone].
All or each of the calls listed in the
outgoing and incoming call history will be
LNI0153X deleted. Additionally, the calls can be
deleted after sorting by outgoing or
6. Touch [Yes]. incoming call history.
. [Phonebook]:
Deletes all or one of the phone numbers

in the downloaded Phonebook.
LNI0136X . [All Phone Information]:
Deletes all stored phone information

(Quick Dials, call logs and downloaded
4. Touch [Delete Phone Information]. phonebooks).
LNI0154X
7. When a PIN code appears on the screen,

operate the connected cellular phone to
enter the PIN code. The downloading
procedure of the cellular phone varies
according to each cellular phone. See the
cellular phone Owners Manual for the
LNI0155X
details. LNI0026X
5. Touch the preferred item for deletion. A 6. Confirm the contents of the message, then
confirmation message is displayed. touch [Yes].


(202,1)
Phone volume settings

GUID-BBEE336F-74FE-4623-A1AD-1F2696FD58B2
. [Automatic Hold]: . [Text Message Ringtone]:
When this function is activated, an incoming Sets the incoming message sound to ON/
phone call is automatically held. OFF.
. [Vehicle Ringtone]: . [Signature]:
When this function is activated, a specific Sets the signature to ON/OFF.
ringtone that is different from that of the . [Auto Reply]:
cellular phone will sound when receiving a Sets the automatic reply of fixed messages
call. to ON/OFF.
LNI0027X . [Auto Reply Text Message]:
Text message settings
GUID-9F3DA3F9-8C73-4959-9725-FE34102E0267
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set- Selects and sets a generic reply message.
tings]. . [Sending Retry Count]:
2. Touch [Phone & CARWINGS]. Sets the number retries for a message that
is resent (in the event a message is not
3. Touch [Phone].
delivered).
4. Touch [Volume & Ringtone]. . [Edit Custom Text]:
5. Touch the item you would like to set. Allows the message of the Auto Reply to be
Available settings LNI0142X edited.
. [Ringtone]: 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set-
Adjust the volume level of the ringtone by tings].
. [Incoming Call]:
3. Touch [Phone].
Adjust the incoming call volume by touching
[+] or [-]. 4. Touch [Text Message].
. [Outgoing Call]: Available settings
Adjust the outgoing call volume by touching . [Text Message]:
[+] or [-]. Sets the message function to ON/OFF.


(203,1)
CAR PHONE or CB RADIO

GUID-8818FE89-929B-445D-A49C-7EC1615585A6
When installing a car phone or a CB radio in
your vehicle, be sure to observe the following CAUTION
cautions, otherwise the new equipment may
adversely affect the electronic control modules . Keep the antenna as far away as
and electronic control system harness. possible from the electronic control
modules.
WARNING . Keep the antenna wire more than 8
in (20 cm) away from the electronic
. A cellular phone should not be used control system harness. Do not
for any purpose while driving so full route the antenna wire next to any
attention may be given to vehicle harness.
operation. Some jurisdictions prohi- . Adjust the antenna standing-wave
bit the use of cellular phones while ratio as recommended by the man-
driving. ufacturer.
. If you must make a call while your . Connect the ground wire from the
vehicle is in motion, the hands-free CB radio chassis to the body.
cellular phone operational mode is
. For details, consult a NISSAN certi-
highly recommended. Exercise ex-
fied LEAF dealer.
treme caution at all times so full
attention may be given to vehicle
operation.
. If you are unable to devote full
attention to vehicle operation while
talking on the phone, pull off the
road to a safe location and stop
your vehicle.


(204,1)
MEMO


(205,1)
8 Voice recognition
NISSAN voice recognition ......................................................

... 8-2 Voice command examples ...............................................
... 8-3
Using Voice Recognition System ....................................
... 8-2 Displaying command list ..................................................
... 8-6
Before starting ......................................................................
... 8-2 Voice recognition settings ...............................................
... 8-9
Giving voice commands .....................................................
... 8-2

(206,1)
NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION

GUID-FAF38580-C669-4F26-B8D0-7EC58692FC6D
USING VOICE RECOGNITION SYS- GIVING VOICE COMMANDS

GUID-B79272C7-32FE-481D-B7B3-A50FF427C81A
. If the command is not accepted, the system
TEM 1. Push the button located on the steering announces, Please say again. Repeat the
GUID-1C8F749E-4AF3-47FE-9FE0-7B0B8B8AF458
wheel. command in a clear voice.
Initialization
GUID-60C8EC21-9C96-4FBC-A946-5937BAB414EC . Push the button once to return to the
When the power switch is pushed to the ON previous screen.
position, Voice Recognition is initialized, which . To cancel the command, push and hold the
takes a few seconds. When completed, the button or the button on the steering
system is ready to accept voice commands. If wheel. The message, Voice recognition is
the button on the steering wheel is pushed canceled will be announced.
before the initialization completes, the display . To adjust the volume of the system feed-
will show the message: "Loading Voice Recog- back, push the - + button on the
nition system. Please wait...". LNK0042X
steering wheel or use the audio system
BEFORE STARTING 2. A list of commands appears on the screen, volume control knob while the system is
GUID-17B90F0D-2C92-4147-8CBB-60019E6215D6
and the system provides the voice menu making an announcement.
To get the best recognition performance from
prompt. Voice Prompt Interrupt:
Voice Recognition, observe the following items.
3. After the tone sounds and the icon on the Push the button on the steering wheel to
. The interior of the vehicle should be as quiet
screen changes from to , speak a stop the voice prompt and give the command at
as possible. Close the windows to eliminate
command. once. Remember to wait for the tone before
the surrounding noises (traffic noise and
vibration sounds, etc.), which may prevent 4. Continue to follow the voice menu prompts speaking.
the system from correctly recognizing the and speak after the tone sounds until the
preferred operation is completed. How to speak numbers
voice commands. GUID-71FDCB5E-F8C6-44F6-B150-DA7EA47CDF74
NISSAN Voice Recognition requires the user to
. Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a Operating tips
GUID-5EBE1C81-7EAE-4A5C-8323-F92B58DC3259 a certain speak numbers in a certain way when
command.
. Speak a command after the tone. giving voice commands. Refer to the following
. Speak in a natural conversational voice
. Commands that are available are always examples.
without pausing between words.
shown on the display and spoken through General rule:
voice menu prompts. Commands other than
Only single digits 0 (zero) to 9 can be used. (For
those that are displayed are not accepted.
example, if speaking 500, "five zero zero" can be
Follow the prompts given by the system.
8-2 Voice recognition

(207,1)
used, but "five hundred" cannot.) VOICE COMMAND EXAMPLES

GUID-FEA9D0CB-EA44-4D59-9DB9-7F46FBC7218B
Examples: To use the voice recognition function, speaking
1-800-662-6200 one command is sometimes sufficient, but at
other times it is necessary to speak two or more
"One eight zero zero six six two six two zero commands.
zero"
As examples, some additional basic operations
Improving Recognition of Phone numbers: that can be performed by voice commands are
Recognition of phone numbers can be improved LNK0048X
described here.
by speaking the phone number in 3 groups of 4. Speak "Address Book".
numbers. For example, to call 800-662-6200, Example 1: Setting destination by
speak "Eight Zero Zero" first, and the system will address book
GUID-996570AA-7F37-41B2-BDB3-5D2457F8F76B
then ask to speak the next three digits. Then, 1. Push the button located on the steering
speak "Six Six Two". After recognition, the wheel.
system will then ask to speak the last 4 digits.
Speak, "Six Two Zero Zero". Using this method
of phone number digit entry can improve
recognition performance.
LNK0004X
INFO: 5. Voice feedback will be provided when the
For best recognition, speak "zero" for the command is accepted, and the list of
number "0" and "oh" for the letter "o". LNK0042X address book is displayed.
6. After the tone sounds and the icon on the
2. The system announces, "Would you like to
screen changes again, speak "Two".
access Phone, Navigation, Zero Emission or
CARWINGS?".
3. Speak "Navigation".
Voice recognition 8-3

(208,1)
3. Speak "Phone". 6. The system announces, "Please say either

the next three digits, dial, or say change
number". Speak "662".
LNK0005X
7. Voice feedback will be provided when the LNK0049X

command is accepted, and the system 4. Speak "Dial Number".
starts calculating a route to the selected LNK0010X
location. 7. The system announces, "Please say the last
Example 2: Placing call to phone four digits or say change number". Speak
number 800-662-6200 "6200".
GUID-6CFAE30B-5975-4B25-A176-E9513A94590F
wheel.
LNK0008X
5. Speak "800".
LNK0011X
8. The system announces, "Dial or Change

LNK0042X Number?". Speak "Dial".
2. The system announces, "Would you like to
access Phone, Navigation, Zero Emission or
CARWINGS?". LNK0009X

(209,1)
code when speaking phone numbers.

. If the system does not recognize a voice
command, please try repeating the com-
mand using a natural voice. Speaking too
slowly or too loudly may further decrease
recognition performance.
LNK0012X Example 3: Placing international call LNK0049X

to phone number 011-81-111-222-
9. The system makes a call to 800-662-6200. 333 4. Speak "International Call".
GUID-68459D75-0A33-40C2-8482-782A3FFFA8BF
INFO:
wheel.
. If the area code is not required, speaking
"800-662-6200" (10 continuous digits) or
"662-6200" (7 continuous digits) is accep-
table. However the 3-3-4 digit grouping is
recommended for improved recognition.
How to speak numbers (page 8-2) LNK0015X
. The NISSAN voice recognition system is not 5. Speak "01181111222333".
limited to recognizing phone numbers of LNK0042X
only 7 or 10 digits. To dial a number in a
format other than the 3-3-4 digit grouping, 2. The system announces, "Would you like to
use the "International Call" command. access Phone, Navigation, Zero Emission or
. If "Change Number" is spoken during phone CARWINGS?".
number entry, the system will automatically 3. Speak "Phone".
request that the number be repeated using
the 3-3-4 format. In this case please speak
the area code first and then follow the LNK0016X
prompts. Do not add a "1" in front of the area

(210,1)
6. Speak "Dial".
LNK0018X
LNK0017X 3. Touch [Command list]. The command list is
7. The system makes a call to 011-81-111- displayed.
222-333.
INFO:
Any digit input format is available in the
International Number input process.
DISPLAYING COMMAND LIST
GUID-CCEC32FB-D592-41C8-9108-1642A4118F00
When controlling the system by voice com- LNK0050X
mands for the first time or if an appropriate voice 4. To confirm the list, scroll the screen using
command is unknown, confirm operation using the touch panel operation.
the voice command lists.
5. Touch [BACK] to return to the previous
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Info.]. screen.
2. Touch [Voice Recognition].

(211,1)
Command List
GUID-2DE5C214-7FBF-426E-BF07-1526B4DDCA38
The words in italics are variable.
Phone Command:
Command Action
Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number.
Contacts Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the cellular phone.
Quick Dial Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Quick Dial.
Call History Incoming Calls Makes a call to the incoming call number.
Outgoing Calls Makes a call to the dialed number.
International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken.
Text Message Read Text Reads e-mail text messages.
Send Text Sends e-mail text messages.
Call <name> Makes a call to a contact that is stored in Phonebook. Please say Call followed by a stored name.
Navigation Command:
Command Action
Home Sets a route to your home location.
Address (if so equipped) Searches for a location by the street address specified, and sets a route.
Points of Interest (if so equipped) Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location.
Address Book Sets a route to a location stored in the Address Book.
Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previously entered destination.

(212,1)
Zero Emission Command:

Command Action
Drive Range Displays the driving range screen.
Nearby Stations Searches for nearby charging stations.
Update Stations Updates nearby charging station information.
Energy Economy Displays Energy Economy information.
Energy Usage Displays Energy Usage information.
CARWINGSTM Command:
Command Action
Favorite Feeds Displays a maximum of five favorite information feeds.
All Information Feeds Displays a maximum of five information feed folders.
Update Stations Updates charging station information.

(213,1)
VOICE RECOGNITION SETTINGS

GUID-67D614E7-55A6-4EA8-BDE1-5FF2EFEB3D40
a confirmation message displays. If [Yes] is voice command operation. If the message is
Detailed settings for use of the voice recognition touched, the indicator illuminates and the incorrect, say "No" and return to the
function can be performed. Direct Command Mode switches to on. previous screen.
When the Direct Command Mode is not
selected, the system recognizes only the
commands listed on the screen. When the
Direct Command Mode is selected, the
system recognizes the commands that
should be performed in the following steps,
in addition to the commands listed on the
current screen.
LNK0020X
. [Minimise Voice Feedback]:
1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set- It is possible to select two modes, long or
tings]. short, for the announcement made by the
2. Touch [Others]. system.
When [Minimise Voice Feedback] is
3. Touch [Voice Recognition].
touched, the indicator illuminates and the
4. Touch the item you would like to set. system announcement mode switches to the
Available settings short mode.
. [Command List]: . [Confirm Voice Commands]:
Displays the voice command list. After speaking a command, the system
Displaying command list (page 8-6) requests the user to confirm that the
. [Direct Command Mode]: recognized command by the system is
correct. The confirmation function is set to
Switch the voice command mode from the
off as the default setting.
Standard Mode to the Direct Command
Mode. The Standard Mode is the factory When the system recognizes a command, a
default setting. confirmation message is displayed on the
screen. If the message correctly matches
When [Direct Command Mode] is touched,
your command, say "Yes" and continue the

(214,1)
MEMO

(215,1)
9 Monitor system
RearView monitor (if so equipped) .......................................

... 9-2 Around View Monitor (if so equipped) ................................
... 9-7
How to read displayed lines .............................................
... 9-2 Available views ...................................................................
... 9-8
About RearView Monitor ....................................................
... 9-3 Difference between predictive and
How to park with predictive course lines ......................
... 9-4 actual distances ..............................................................
... 9-11
Camera settings ...................................................................
... 9-6 Operating tips ..................................................................
... 9-13
Camera settings ..............................................................
... 9-13

(216,1)
REARVIEW MONITOR (if so

equipped) GUID-9889CA9D-8797-4DA7-B771-207B147B4B33
When the shift lever is shifted into the "R" because of its monitoring range HOW TO READ DISPLAYED LINES
GUID-4043E995-FDA2-4EC7-95A4-83851EC424E2
(Reverse) position, the center display shows the limitation.
view to the rear of the vehicle.
. Do not put anything on the camera.
The system is designed as an aid to the driver in
detecting large stationary objects to help avoid . When washing the vehicle with
damaging the vehicle. The system will not detect high-pressure water, be sure not to
small objects below the bumper and may not spray it around the camera. Other-
detect objects close to the bumper or on the wise, water may enter the camera
ground. unit causing water condensation on
the lens, a malfunction, fire or an
electric shock.
WARNING
. Do not strike the camera. It is a LNL0001X
. The RearView Monitor is a conve- precision instrument. Otherwise, it
Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width
nience but it is not a substitute for may malfunction or cause damage
and distances to objects with reference to the
proper backing up. Always turn and resulting in a fire or an electric
bumper line *A are displayed on the monitor.
check that it is safe to do so before shock.
backing up. Always back up slowly. Distance guide lines:
. Objects viewed in the RearView Indicate distances from the bumper.
Monitor differ from actual distance CAUTION . Red line * 1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)
because a wide-angle lens is used. . Yellow line *2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)
Objects in the RearView Monitor There is a plastic cover over the camera.
. Green line * 3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)
will appear visually opposite like Do not scratch the cover when cleaning
dirt or snow from the cover. . Green line * 4 : approx. 10 ft (3 m)
ones viewed in the inside and out-
Vehicle width guide lines * 5 :
side mirrors.
Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.
. Make sure that the rear hatch is
securely closed when backing up. Predictive course lines *
6 :
. Underneath the bumper and the Indicate the predictive course when backing up.
corner areas of the bumper cannot The predictive course lines will be displayed on
be viewed on the RearView Monitor the monitor when the shift lever is in the "R"
9-2 Monitor system

(217,1)
(Reverse) position and the steering wheel is Backing up on a steep uphill: monitor.
turned. The predictive course lines will move
Backing up on a steep downhill:
depending on how much the steering wheel is
turned and will not be displayed while the
steering wheel is in the neutral position.
How to adjust rearview screen
GUID-75E9A75A-D094-4D28-A1C5-CED9B4070873
To adjust the Brightness, Tint, Color, Contrast
and Black Level of the RearView Monitor.
1. Push the MENU button with the RearView
Monitor on.
2. Touch [Display].
3. Touch the preferred setting items.
Do not adjust the Brightness, Tint, Color,
Contrast and Black Level of the RearView
Monitor while the vehicle is moving.
ABOUT REARVIEW MONITOR
GUID-F1A5FC86-7306-42C4-BAAE-6C20770A0FCA
Difference between predictive and

actual distances
GUID-0B788328-52CC-4C74-8090-06C1E7654880
The distance guide line and the vehicle width LNL0002X
guide line should be used as a reference only LNL0003X
When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the
when the vehicle is on a level, paved surface.
distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide
The distance viewed on the monitor is for When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the
lines are shown closer than the actual distance.
reference only and may be different from the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide
For example, the display shows 3 ft (1 m) to the
actual distance between the vehicle and dis- lines are shown further than the actual distance.
place * A , but the actual 3 ft (1 m) distance on
played objects. For example, the display shows 3 ft (1 m) to the
the hill is to the place *
B . Note that any object
on the hill is further than it appears on the
Monitor system 9-3

(218,1)
the hill is the place *B . Note that any object on Backing up behind a projecting object: HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE
the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor. COURSE LINES
GUID-98CEE8C3-518C-4157-97AF-634616A645F5
Backing up near a projecting object:
WARNING
. Always turn and check that it is safe
to park your car before backing up.
Always back up slowly.
. Use the displayed lines as a refer-
ence. The lines are highly affected
by the number of occupants, vehicle
position, road condition and road
grade.
. If the tires are replaced with differ-
ent sized tires, the predictive course
line may not be displayed correctly.
. On a snow-covered or slippery road,
there may be a difference between
the predictive course line and the
actual course line.
LNL0005X . If the battery is disconnected or
becomes discharged, the predictive
The position * C is shown further than the course lines may not be displayed
LNL0004X position * B in the display. However, the correctly. If this occurs, perform the
position *C is actually at the same distance
The predictive course lines *
A do not touch the following procedures.
as the position * A . The vehicle may hit the
object in the display. However, the vehicle may Turn the steering wheel from
object when backing up to the position * A if
hit the object if it projects over the actual lock to lock while the READY
the object projects over the actual backing up
backing up course. to drive indicator light is ON.
course.
9-4 Monitor system

(219,1)
Drive the vehicle on a straight The vehicle width and predictive course
road for more than 5 minutes. lines are wider than the actual width and
course.
. When the steering wheel is turned
with the power switch in the ACC
position, the predictive course lines
may be displayed incorrectly.
. The distance guide line and the
vehicle width guide line should be
used as a reference only when the
vehicle is on a level paved surface.
The distance viewed on the monitor
is for reference only and may be
different than the actual distance
between the vehicle and displayed
objects.
. When backing up the vehicle up a
hill, objects viewed in the monitor
are further than they appear. When
backing up the vehicle down a hill,
objects viewed in the monitor are LNL0007X
closer than they appear. Use the
3. Slowly back up the vehicle, adjusting the
inside mirror or glance over your
steering wheel so that the predictive course
shoulder to properly judge dis- LNL0006X lines *B enter the parking space * C .
tances to other objects.
1. Visually check that the parking space is safe 4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make the
before parking your vehicle. vehicle width guide lines *D parallel to the
2. The RearView of the vehicle is displayed on parking space * C while referring to the
the screen * A as illustrated when the shift
predictive course lines.
lever is moved to the "R" (Reverse) position.
Monitor system 9-5

(220,1)
5. When the vehicle is parked in the space . When the temperature is extremely high or CAMERA SETTINGS
GUID-04653E83-3580-4329-AA92-B800DBD922DD
completely, push the "P" (Park) button and low, the screen may not clearly display Display of predictive course lines can be set to
apply the parking brake. objects. This is not a malfunction. ON or OFF.
. When strong light directly enters the cam-
Operating tips
GUID-4C323C9D-72F4-4F74-99E8-7794B687A670 era, objects may not be displayed clearly.
This is not a malfunction.
CAUTION . Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the
. Do not use alcohol, benzine or screen. This is due to strong reflected light
thinner to clean the camera. This from the bumper. This is not a malfunction.
will cause discoloration. To clean . The screen may flicker under fluorescent
the camera, wipe with a cloth dam- light. This is not a malfunction.
LNL0019X
pened with diluted mild cleaning . The colors of objects on the RearView
agent and then wipe with a dry Monitor may differ somewhat from those of If the RearView Monitor is not in operation, set
cloth. the actual object. according to the following procedure.
. Do not damage the camera as the . Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a 1. Push the SETTING button.
monitor screen may be adversely dark place or at night. This is not a 2. Touch [Others].
affected. malfunction.
3. Touch [Camera].
. If dirt, rain or snow attaches to the camera,
the RearView Monitor may not clearly dis- 4. Touch [Predictive Course Lines]. The indi-
. When the shift lever is shifted to the "R"
play objects. Clean the camera. cator illuminates when the item is set.
(Reverse) position, the center display auto-
matically changes to the RearView Monitor . Do not use wax on the camera window. If the RearView Monitor is in operation, set
mode. Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth according to the following procedure.
. It may take some time until the RearView dampened with mild detergent diluted with 1. Push the SETTING button.
Monitor is displayed after the shift lever has water.
2. Touch [Predictive Course Lines]. The indi-
been shifted to "R" from another position or cator illuminates when the item is set.
to another position from "R". Objects may be
distorted momentarily until the RearView
Monitor screen is displayed completely.
9-6 Monitor system

(221,1)
AROUND VIEW MONITOR (if so

equipped) GUID-F9E28E7A-8F56-48E7-B035-E73F1D4B5336
INFO: situations such as slot parking or parallel
parking.
It is also possible to turn the predictive course
lines on or off by pushing the CAMERA button (if
so equipped) on the control panel.
LNL0036X
With the power switch in the on position, push

the CAMERA button or move the shift lever to
the R (Reverse) position to operate the Around
View Monitor.
The monitor displays various views of the
position of the vehicle.
LNL0046X
Available views:
. Birds-eye View There are some areas where the system will not
The surrounding view of the vehicle. detect objects. When in the front or the rear
view display, an object below the bumper or on
. Front-side View
the ground may not be detected * 1 . When in
The view around and ahead of the front the birds-eye view, a tall object near the seam
passengers side wheel.
*3 of the camera detecting areas will not
. Front View appear in the monitor * 2 .
The view to the front of the vehicle.
. Rear View
The view to the rear of the vehicle.
The system is designed as an aid to the driver in
Monitor system 9-7

(222,1)
. The cameras are installed above the AVAILABLEGUID-C662ED35-9F3E-42A6-95BC-2D54B0AF9B98

VIEWS
WARNING front grille, the outside mirrors and
. The Around View Monitor is a con- above the rear license plate. Do not WARNING
venience but it is not a substitute for put anything on the cameras.
. The distance guide line and the
proper vehicle operation because it . When washing the vehicle with
vehicle width line should be used
has areas where objects cannot be highpressure water, be sure not to
as a reference only when the vehicle
viewed. The four corners of the spray it around the cameras. Other-
is on a paved, level surface. The
vehicle in particular, are blind spots wise, water may enter the camera
distance viewed on the monitor is
where objects do not appear in the unit causing water condensation on
for reference only and may be
birds-eye, front, or rear views. Al- the lens, a malfunction, fire or an
different than the actual distance
ways look out the windows and electric shock.
between the vehicle and displayed
check with your own eyes to be sure . Do not strike the cameras. They are objects.
that it is safe to move before precision instruments. Doing so
operating the vehicle. Always oper- . Use the displayed lines and the
could cause a malfunction or cause
ate the vehicle slowly. birds-eye view as a reference. The
damage resulting in a fire or an
lines and the bird-eye view are
. The driver is always responsible for electric shock.
greatly affected by the number of
safety during parking and other
occupants, vehicle position, road
maneuvers.
condition and road grade.
. Do not use the Around View Monitor CAUTION
. If the tires are replaced with differ-
with the outside mirror in the stored
Do not scratch the lens when cleaning ent sized tires, the predictive course
position, and make sure that the
dirt or snow from the front of the line and the birds-eye view may be
rear hatch is securely closed when
camera. displayed incorrectly.
operating the vehicle using the
Around View Monitor. . When driving the vehicle up a hill,
objects viewed in the monitor are
. The distance between objects
further than they appear. When
viewed on the Around View Monitor
driving the vehicle down a hill,
differs from the actual distance.
objects viewed in the monitor are
closer than they appear.
9-8 Monitor system

(223,1)
. Use the mirrors or actually look to wheel is turned. The predictive course lines will
properly judge distances to other move depending on how much the steering
objects. wheel is turned and will not be displayed while
the steering wheel is in the straight ahead
The vehicle width and predictive course lines are position.
wider than the actual width and course. The front view will not be displayed when the
vehicle speed is above 6 MPH (10 km/h).
Front and rear view
GUID-CB5D3ED8-055A-4717-AEB8-2D30BC53DA9B
WARNING
LNL0001X
Rear view . The distance between objects
Guiding lines, which indicate the vehicle width viewed in the rear view may differ
and distances to objects with reference to the from the actual distance. Objects in
vehicle body line *A , are displayed on the the rear view will appear visually
monitor. opposite from those viewed in the
inside and outside mirrors.
Distance guide lines:
. On a snow-covered or slippery road,
Indicate distances from the vehicle body.
LNL0038X there may be a difference between
. Red line * 1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m) the predictive course line and the
Front view
. Yellow line*2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m) actual course line.
. Green line* 3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m) . The vehicle width and predictive
. Green line* 4 : approx. 10 ft (3 m) course lines are wider than the
Vehicle width guide lines * 5 : actual width and course.
Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.
Predictive course lines *
6 :
Indicate the predictive course when operating
the vehicle. The predictive course lines will be
displayed on the monitor when the steering
Monitor system 9-9

(224,1)
NOTE: viewed in the birds-eye view differs from the . A line on the ground may be mis-
When the monitor displays the front view actual distance. aligned and is not seen as being
and the steering wheel turns about 90 The areas that the cameras cannot cover *
2 are straight at the seam of the views.
degrees or less from the neutral position, indicated in black. The misalignment will increase as
both the right and left predictive course the line proceeds away from the
After the power switch is placed to ON, the non-
lines *
6 are displayed. When the steering vehicle.
viewable area * 2 is highlighted in yellow for 3
wheel turns about 90 degrees or more, a
seconds after the birds-eye view is displayed.
predictive course line is displayed only on
the opposite side of the turn. In addition, the non-viewable corners are dis- Front-side view
GUID-95358EE8-3115-4612-B0C7-BF3EBF8310A6
played in red (blink for the first 3 seconds) *
3
to remind the drivers to be cautious.
Birds-eye view
GUID-832E41F8-D30E-4A0F-954B-E35B381377F3
WARNING
. Objects in the birds-eye view will
appear further than the actual dis-
tance because the birds-eye view is
a pseudo view that is processed by
combining the views from the cam-
eras on the outside mirrors, the LNL0040X
front and the rear of the vehicle. Guiding lines:
. Tall objects, such as a curb or Guiding lines that indicate the width and the
LNL0039X vehicle, may be misaligned or not front end of the vehicle are displayed on the
displayed at the seam of the views. monitor.
The birds-eye view shows the overhead view of
. Objects that are above the camera The front-of-vehicle line *
1 shows the front part
the vehicle which helps confirm the vehicle
cannot be displayed. of the vehicle.
position and the predictive course to a parking
space. . The view for the birds-eye view may The side-of-vehicle line *2 shows the vehicle
be misaligned when the camera
The vehicle icon * 1 shows the position of the width including the outside mirrors.
position alters.
vehicle. Note that the distance between objects
9-10 Monitor system

(225,1)
The extensions *3 of both the front *

1 and Backing upGUID-50B7C10E-365B-4D94-B633-E57787B7E571
on a steep uphill appears.
side *2 lines are shown with a green dotted
line. Backing upGUID-AFD641F0-86C2-48D2-A49C-AA5FCF5C6D2D
on a steep downhill
CAUTION
The turn signal light may overlap with
the side-of-vehicle line. This is not a
malfunction.
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDIC-

TIVE AND ACTUAL DISTANCES
GUID-C3885770-F5BE-4A36-ABB8-3B99DBEE9F77
The distance guide line and the vehicle width
guide line on the front and the rear view should
be used as a reference only when the vehicle is
on a level, paved surface. The distance viewed
on the monitor is for reference only and may be
different than the actual distance between the
vehicle and displayed objects.
LNL0002X
When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the LNL0003X

When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the
lines are shown closer than the actual distance.
lines are shown further than the actual distance.
the hill is the place *
B . Note that any object on
the hill is viewed in the monitor further than it
Monitor system 9-11

(226,1)
the hill is the place *

B . Note that any object on course. Backing up behind a projecting
the hill is viewed in the monitor closer than it object GUID-CB95ED4A-57E4-4636-87DD-D33BFA70B5E2
appears.
Backing upGUID-06DE756E-60D6-42D3-AD00-B33FCB29343B
near a projecting object
LNL0042X
LNL0005X
There may be a small distance visible between
the vehicle and the object in the birds-eye view The position * C is shown further than the
LNL0004X on the display *B . position *B in the display. However, the
position *
C is actually at the same distance
The predictive course lines * A do not touch the
as the position *A . The vehicle may hit the
object in the display. However, the vehicle may
object when backing up to the position *A if
hit the object if it projects over the actual moving
the object projects over the actual moving
9-12 Monitor system

(227,1)
course. . When the temperature is extremely high or CAMERA SETTINGS

GUID-6522058D-5369-4CDD-A5A3-EE4BAB42D30A
low, the screen may not display objects
OPERATING TIPS
GUID-AEFDC377-D7D4-4F67-972E-F5117C79D0CD clearly. This is not a malfunction. How to activate or deactivate pre-
. When strong light directly shines on the dictive course line
GUID-AC01A724-4085-461F-9A37-6D451A2C6637
CAUTION camera, objects may not be displayed Display of predictive course lines can be set to
clearly. This is not a malfunction. ON or OFF.
. Do not use alcohol, benzine or
thinner to clean the camera. This . The screen may flicker under fluorescent
will cause discoloration. To clean light. This is not a malfunction.
the camera, wipe with a cloth dam- . The colors of objects on the Around View
pened with a diluted mild cleaning Monitor may differ somewhat from those of
agent and then wipe with a dry the actual object.
cloth. . Objects on the monitor may not be clear and
. Do not damage the camera as the the color of the object may differ in a dark
monitor screen may be adversely location or at night. This is not a malfunction. LNL0008X
affected. . There may be differences in clearness

If the Around View monitor is not in operation,
between each camera view of the birds-
set according to the following procedure.
. The screen displayed on the Around View eye view.
. If dirt, rain or snow attaches to the camera, 1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set-
Monitor will automatically return to the tings].
previous screen when no operation takes the Around View Monitor may not display
place for 3 minutes after the CAMERA objects clearly. Clean the camera. 2. Touch [Others].
button has been pushed while the shift lever . Do not use wax on the camera window. 3. Touch [Camera].
is in a position other than the R (Reverse) Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth that has 4. Touch [Predictive Course Lines]. The indi-
position. been dampened with a mild detergent cator illuminates when the item is set.
. The display of images on the screen may be diluted with water.
Other settings:
delayed after screens are switched. Objects
in the Around View Monitor may be distorted If the Around View monitor is in operation, set
momentarily until the Around View Monitor according to the following procedure.
screen is displayed completely.
Monitor system 9-13

(228,1)
1. Push the MENU button and then touch

[Settings].
2. Touch [Predictive Course Lines]. The indi-
cator illuminates when the item is set.
How to adjust Around View screen
GUID-EC9A2A70-2282-457D-B4B3-E852D8667607
1. Push the MENU button with the Around
View Monitor on.
2. Touch [Display].
3. Touch the preferred setting items.
Available setting items:
. Brightness
. Tint
. Color
. Contrast
. Black Level
Do not adjust the Around View Monitor screen
while the vehicle is moving.
9-14 Monitor system

(231,1)
10 Troubleshooting guide/General system

information
Troubleshooting guide ...........................................................

... 10-2 General system information ..............................................
... 10-29
Customer assistance .......................................................
... 10-2 Current vehicle location .............................................
... 10-29
System unit .........................................................................
... 10-2 Route calculation .........................................................
... 10-32
Unique EV functions ........................................................
... 10-4 Route guidance ............................................................
... 10-34
Navigation ...........................................................................
... 10-9 Notes on Nav Traffic information .............................
... 10-38
CARWINGSTM ...............................................................
... 10-16 Map data ........................................................................
... 10-38
Audio system ..................................................................
... 10-17 How to handle display ................................................
... 10-42
Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System ................... ... 10-23 How to handle the SD card .....................................
... 10-43
Voice recognition ...........................................................
... 10-26 How to handle CD and USB memory ................... ... 10-43
Monitor system ..............................................................
... 10-27

(232,1)
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
GUID-AFB09620-BB58-4670-B66F-BCBE6FC473E4
CUSTOMERGUID-EA84A59D-8111-427E-AF1B-134B59A3E4B8
ASSISTANCE
For assistance or inquiries about the NISSAN Navigation System, or to order updated map data, contact the NISSAN NAVIGATION SYSTEM
HELPDESK. See the contact information on the inside front cover of this manual.
SYSTEM UNIT
GUID-31400E7C-F4D3-4689-A9F6-88A5A28E5475
Liquid crystal display

GUID-EAA5698F-0334-4DAC-A1E3-D24F8C3455F2
Symptom Possible cause Possible solution

The screen is too dark. The cabin temperature is too low. Wait until the cabin temperature becomes moderate.
Screen brightness is set to the maximum darkness. Adjust the brightness setting of the screen.
The screen is too bright. Screen brightness is set to the maximum brightness. Adjust the brightness setting of the screen.
A small black spot or a small bright spot appears on the This is a typical phenomenon for liquid crystal displays. This is not a malfunction.
screen.
A dot or stripe pattern appears on the screen. Electromagnetic waves that are generated from neon This is not a malfunction.
billboards, high voltage electric power cables, ham
radios or other radio devices equipped to other vehicles
may adversely affect the screen.
Image lag appears on the screen. This is a typical phenomenon for liquid crystal displays. This is not a malfunction.
Image motion displayed on the screen is slow. The cabin temperature is less than 508F (08C). Wait until the cabin temperature rises to within 508F
(08C) and 1228F (508C).
When looking at the screen from an angle, the screen This is a typical phenomenon for liquid crystal displays. Adjust the brightness setting of the screen.
lightens or darkens. Brightness (page 1-15)
10-2 Troubleshooting guide/General system information

(233,1)
SD card memory
GUID-C3ACA7A5-7319-4AE7-9CF1-6AC1274AD93E

The screen turns blue or an error message is displayed. A system malfunction has occurred. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for an
inspection.
Troubleshooting guide/General system information 10-3

(234,1)
UNIQUE EV GUID-F3263912-4925-4CC3-9FE1-1A99A83F03FE
FUNCTIONS
Driving range
GUID-40E94CD3-9E57-4E98-9A45-B3104A838B32

The driving range cannot be displayed. The power switch is in the ACC position. The driving range can be displayed when the power
switch is in the ON position or when the READY to drive
indicator light is on.
It cannot be displayed because the distance to empty is Charge the battery. Once the distance to empty
too short. increased it will be displayed.
The driving range is displayed in an oval shape. As a result of the system correcting latitude and This is not a malfunction.
longitude, it may not be displayed as a circle.
The distance to empty that is displayed in the lower left As the map is displayed in 2D, the distance to empty This is not a malfunction.
hand side of the driving range and the scale of the map may differ from the actual distance on the road. Drive using the numerical value on the lower left hand
do not match. side of the screen as a guide.

(235,1)
Charging stations
GUID-F15E01B3-31F1-4790-B4D7-78322AEFCF0A

The charging station icon display setting is off but icons The charging station displayed has been set as a stored This is not a malfunction.
are still displayed on the map. location.
I searched for charging stations because charge In an area where the number of charging stations is low, This is not a malfunction.
recommendation guidance and the low battery warning it may not be possible to find a charging station located
were displayed, but I could not find any. near the vehicle.
Charging station information is not displayed. Information is not provided for all charging stations, so This is not a malfunction.
there may be cases when information is not displayed. Contact charging stations beforehand by phone to
confirm whether they can be used.
Quick charging stations are not displayed. [Quick Charge] may be set to OFF in the [Charging Port Set [Quick Charge] to ON.
Types to Include in Station Searches] setting. Unique EV function settings (page 2-14)
The charging station information displayed is incorrect. The map data is old. Connect to the NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center and
update charging station information.
Alternatively, purchase new map data and update the
system.
I went to the charging station that I searched for but the The map data is old. Connect to the NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center and
information was incorrect and I could not charge the update charging station information.
battery. Alternatively, purchase new map data and update the
system.
Charging station facilities have changed, or the EVSE Contact the charging station by phone beforehand to
(Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) equipped cannot check whether facilities can be used.
be used.

(236,1)
Energy information display

GUID-C68EFC84-3C1B-4BDA-BABC-5E86339C2A9A

The instant value shown on the energy economy This is due to power stored by the cooperative Battery power is stored by the cooperative regenerative
information continues to show the maximum value. regenerative brake being used. brake while driving. While this occurs, the instant value
will be displayed as the maximum. The maximum value
will be displayed until the regenerated power is
consumed.
The driving range increase/decrease when the air The power used for the air conditioner/heater will This is not a malfunction.
conditioner/heater is ON/OFF that is displayed in the decrease in response to the power used by the traction
energy usage information screen is displayed as +0 motor and the increase/decrease difference of the
mile (+0 km) or -0 mile (-0 km). driving range will be under 1 mile (1 km). Also, when
the Li-ion battery available charge is low, the increase/
decrease of the driving range will also become smaller.

(237,1)
Timer function
GUID-5C8BA403-71DB-473D-A3EE-4C389EC5B520

Charging does not start at the time set. Timer charge has not been set to ON. Check on the timer charge screen whether the indicator
for [Timer 1] or [Timer 2] is on.
The EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) is not Check that the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equip-
connected correctly. ment) is connected correctly.
The immediate charge switch is in the ON position. Check the immediate charge switch setting.
The power switch is in the ON position. Place the power switch in the OFF position when
setting timer charge.
The air conditioner or heater does not operate at the The Climate Ctrl. Timer is not set to ON. On the Climate Ctrl. Timer screen, check whether the
time set. [Timer 1] or [Timer 2] indicator is on.
The EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) is not Check whether the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply
connected correctly to the vehicle. Equipment) is connected correctly to the vehicle.
When the Timer charge is set as the first priority, the Check the Climate Ctrl. Timer priority setting.
Climate Ctrl. Timer will not operate until the remaining Timer settings (page 2-12)
Li-ion battery power displayed in the meter exceeds 10
segments (80%).
When the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set as the first priority, Charge the Li-ion battery so that the remaining Li-ion
the Climate Ctrl. Timer operates only when remaining battery power displayed in the meter is more than 2
Li-ion battery power displayed in the meter is more than segments (15%) and then, operate the Climate Ctrl.
2 segments (15%). Timer.
The power switch is in the ON position. Place the power switch in the OFF position when
setting timer charge.
The Climate Ctrl. Timer does not operate immediately. If the departure time set has not yet been reached, or if This is not a malfunction.
the departure time set is after Climate Ctrl. Timer has
operated.
The timer charge or Climate Ctrl. Timer screen cannot The power switch is in the "ACC" position. This screen can be displayed when the power switch is
be displayed. placed in the "ON" position or when the READY to drive
indicator light is on.
A prompting message to update the time setting is The system clock has not been set correctly. Set the time setting correctly.
displayed.

(238,1)

Days when you do not want the timer function to All timer functions are set to ON. Turn off the setting for days where the timer function is
operate cannot be set. not required.

(239,1)
NAVIGATION
GUID-9CDB1CD7-F25C-4AF6-97FF-6E29E3C9EB64
Basic operations
GUID-63D868E1-81BC-4C67-BECA-983902BED4C1

No image is displayed. The brightness is at the lowest setting. Adjust the brightness of the display.
The display is turned off. Push the button to turn on the display.
No voice guidance is available. The volume is not set correctly, or it is turned off. Adjust the volume of voice guidance.
or Voice guidance is not provided for certain streets (roads This is not a malfunction.
The volume is too high or too low. displayed in gray).
No map is displayed on the screen. A screen other than map screen is displayed. Push the MAP button.
The screen is too dim. The movement is slow. The temperature in the interior of the vehicle is low. Wait until the interior of the vehicle has warmed up.
Some pixels in the display are darker or brighter than This condition is an inherent characteristic of liquid This is not a malfunction.
others. crystal displays.
Some menu items cannot be selected. Some menu items become unavailable while the vehicle Park the vehicle in a safe location, and then operate the
is driven. navigation system.

(240,1)
Vehicle icon
GUID-C0C1C898-A889-456C-A1BE-60ABF2162EC7

Names of roads and locations differ between This is because the quantity of the displayed information is reduced This is not a malfunction.
Plan View and BirdviewTM. so that the screen does not become too cluttered. There is also a
chance that names of the roads or locations may be displayed
multiple times, and the names appearing on the screen may be
different because of a processing procedure.
The vehicle icon is not displayed in the correct The vehicle was transported after the power switch was pushed off, Drive the vehicle for a period of time on a road where
position. for example, by a ferry or car transporter. GPS signals can be received.
The position and direction of the vehicle icon may be incorrect This is not a malfunction. Drive the vehicle for a
depending on the driving environments and the levels of positioning period of time to automatically correct the position
accuracy of the navigation system. and direction of the vehicle icon.
Current vehicle location (page 10-29)
When the vehicle is traveling on a new road, Because the new road is not stored in the map data, the system Updated road information will be included in the next
the vehicle icon is located on another road automatically places the vehicle icon on the nearest road available. version of the map data.
nearby.
The screen does not switch to the night screen The daytime screen was set the last time the headlights were turned Set the screen to the night screen mode using the
even after turning on the headlights. on. button when turning on the headlights.
Display adjustment (page 1-14)
The map does not scroll even when the vehicle The current location map screen is not displayed. Push the MAP button.
is moving.
The vehicle icon is not displayed. The current location map screen is not displayed. Push the MAP button.
The GPS indicator on the screen remains gray. GPS signals cannot be received under certain conditions, such as Drive on an open, straight road for a period of time.
in a parking garage, on a road with many tall buildings, etc.
GPS signals cannot be received because objects are placed on the Remove the objects from the instrument panel.
instrument panel.
A sufficient number of GPS satellites is not available. Wait for the satellites to move to locations available
for the navigation system.

(241,1)

The location of the vehicle icon is misaligned When using tire chains or replacing the tires, speed calculations Drive the vehicle for a period of time (at approxi-
from the actual position. based on the speed sensor may be incorrect. mately 19 MPH (30 km/h) for about 30 minutes) to
automatically correct the vehicle icon position.
If this does not correct the vehicle icon position,
contact your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
The map data has a mistake or is incomplete (the vehicle icon Updated road information will be included in the next
position is always misaligned in the same area). version of the map data.

(242,1)
Route calculation and visual guidance

GUID-1302203A-3BB3-4E27-A68F-EB2EC58942E3

Waypoints are not included in the auto Waypoints that have been already passed are not included in the auto To go to that waypoint again, edit the route.
reroute calculation. reroute calculation.
Route information is not displayed. Route calculation has not yet been performed. Set the destination and perform route calculation.
The vehicle is not on the suggested route. Drive on the suggested route.
Route guidance is set to OFF. Turn on route guidance.
Route information is not provided for certain types of roads (roads This is not a malfunction.
displayed in dark green).
The auto reroute calculation (or detour Route calculations took priority conditions into consideration, but the This is not a malfunction.
calculation) suggests the same route as same route was calculated.
the one previously suggested.
A waypoint cannot be added. Five waypoints are already set on the route, including ones that the A maximum of 5 waypoints can be set on the route. To
vehicle has already passed. go to 6 or more waypoints, perform route calculations
multiple times as necessary.
[Calculate] must be selected for route calculation after Waypoints are Touch [Calculate] after selecting waypoints.
selected from the Edit/Add to Route screen.
The suggested route is not displayed. Roads near the destination cannot be calculated. Reset the destination to a main or ordinary road, and
recalculate the route.
The starting point and destination are too close. Set a more distant destination.
The starting point and destination are too far away. Divide the trip by selecting one or two intermediate
destinations, and perform route calculations multiple
times.
There are time restricted roads (by the day of the week, by time) near Set [Use Time Restricted Roads] to OFF.
the current vehicle location or destination. Setting conditions for route calculation
(page 3-55)
A part of the route is not displayed. The suggested route includes narrow streets (roads displayed in gray). This is not a malfunction.
The part of the route that the vehicle has A route is managed by sections between waypoints. If the vehicle This is not a malfunction.
already passed is deleted. passed the first waypoint, the section between the starting point and
the waypoint is deleted (it may not be deleted depending on the area).

(243,1)

An indirect route is suggested. If there are restrictions (such as one-way streets) on roads close to the Adjust the location of the starting point or destination.
starting point or destination, the system may suggest an indirect route.
The system may suggest an indirect route because route calculation Reset the destination to a main or ordinary road, and
does not take into consideration some areas such as narrow streets recalculate the route.
(gray roads).
The landmark information does not This may be caused by insufficient or incorrect map data. Updated information will be included in the next version
correspond to the actual information. of the map data.
The suggested route does not exactly There is no data for route calculation closer to these locations. Set the starting point, waypoints and destination on a
connect to the starting point, waypoints, main road, and perform route calculation.
or destination.

(244,1)
Voice guidance
GUID-A3BC94B6-484D-4996-8E51-9B1AA5530FE5

Voice guidance is not available. Voice guidance is only available at certain intersections marked with . In This is not a malfunction.
some cases, voice guidance is not available even when the vehicle makes a
turn.
The vehicle has deviated from the suggested route. Go back to the suggested route or request route
calculation again.
Voice guidance is set to OFF. Turn on voice guidance.
Route guidance is set to OFF. Turn on route guidance.
The guidance content does not correspond The content of voice guidance may vary, depending on the types of Follow all traffic rules and regulations.
to the actual road conditions. intersections at which turns are made.

(245,1)
Traffic information
GUID-10AAF583-945C-4754-BF28-86265643DEC5

Traffic information is not displayed. Traffic information is not set to ON. Set the traffic information to ON.
The vehicle is in an area where traffic information is not Scroll to an area where traffic information is available.
available.
The subscription to NavTraffic is incomplete, or the sub- Check the subscription status of NavTraffic.
scription to NavTraffic has expired.
The map scale is set at a level where the display of icons is Check that the map scale is set at a level in which the display
impossible. of icons is possible.
Traffic information display and scale levels (page 6-9)
With the automatic detour route search ON, There is no faster route compared to the current route, based The automatic detour search is not intended for avoiding
no detour route is set to avoid congested on the road network and traffic information. traffic jams. It searches for the fastest route taking into
areas. consideration conditions as traffic jams. Follow the current
route. Also see NOTES ON TRAFFIC INFORMATION for
further information.
The route does not avoid a road section with The navigation system is designed not to avoid this event Observe the actual road conditions and follow the instructions
traffic information stating that it is closed because the actual period of closure may differ from the on the road for detour when necessary. If the road is closed,
due to road construction. declared roadwork period. use the detour function and set the detour distance to avoid
the road section that is closed.

(246,1)
TM
CARWINGSGUID-DD46013A-7B28-49A8-A66D-B0730518E099
The system cannot connect to the A subscription for the CARWINGSTM service has not been Sign up for a subscription to the CARWINGSTM service. For details
NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center. established. about subscriptions, contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
The user ID and password are not entered. Enter the user ID and password.
Inputting user ID and password (page 1-11)
The communication line is busy. Try again after a short period of time.
The vehicle is in a location where it is difficult to receive radio When the vehicle moves to an area where radio waves can be
waves. transmitted sufficiently, communication will be restored. When the
icon on the display shows that the vehicle is inside the
communication area, the system can be used.
TCU is not turned on. If the icon does not show that the vehicle is inside the
communication area despite the fact that the vehicle is in that
location, contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
Radio wave reception is not sufficient for TCU operation. When the vehicle moves to an area where radio waves can be
transmitted sufficiently, communication will be restored. When the
icon on the display shows that the vehicle is inside the
communication area, the system can be used.
Communication may sometimes not be possible even when Signing in again may restore the connection.
the network status is good.
Some of the items that are displayed The vehicle is being driven and some menu items are The vehicle is being driven. Stop the vehicle in a safe location and
on the menu screen cannot be se- disabled. apply the parking brake before operating the functions.
lected. Functions disabled while driving (page 1-6)
Some parts of the screen are not The vehicle is being driven and some menu items are Operate the system after stopping the vehicle in a safe location and
displayed. disabled. applying the parking brake.
Functions disabled while driving (page 1-6)
The system does not announce in- The volume level is set to the minimum. Adjust the volume level by operating the VOL buttons located on
formation. the control panel or on the steering wheel switch while the system
is announcing information.

(247,1)
AUDIO SYSTEM
GUID-A966E4C8-AA58-414B-9A6A-500CC260D786
Compact Disc (CD) player

GUID-8097E05E-298F-400A-AE85-F2150D8AD7BC

Music cannot be played back. The disc is inserted upside down. Insert a CD with the label side facing up.
Moisture condensation occurs inside the unit. Wait until the moisture evaporates. (approximately 1
hour)
The cabin temperature is too high. Wait until the cabin temperature becomes moderate.
The disc is scratched or dirty. A disc is not always Wipe off any dirt from the disc.
playable if it is scratched.
Depending on the condition in which they are stored, Change the disc with a deterioration-free disc. Do not
discs may become unreadable due to deterioration (for use a deteriorated disc. The label surface of the disc
example, keeping the discs in the passenger compart- may crack or chip, and the layer of the label surface may
ment, etc.). eventually peel off.
The compressed audio files cannot be played back. If both music CD files (CD-DA data) and compressed Prepare a disc that includes compressed audio files
audio files (MP3 data, etc.) are mixed on one disc, the only.
audio compression files cannot be played back.
The files are not named using characters that are Use the character codes and the number of characters
compliant with the specifications. that are compliant with the specifications for folder
names and file names. In addition, always use ".MP3", ".
WMA", ".mp3" or ".wma" for file extensions.
It takes a long time before the music starts playing. The disc contains a large amount of data. Some time may be required to check the files. It is
recommended that unnecessary folders or any files
other than compressed audio files should not be
recorded in a disc.
Sound quality is poor. The disc is dirty. Wipe off any dirt from the disc.
No sounds are played though CD play time is displayed. The system plays back the first track of the mix mode Play back music data that are recorded on other than
disc. (Mix mode is a format in which data except music the first track.
is recorded on the first track and music data is recorded
on other than the first track in a session.)

(248,1)

Music cuts off or skips. The combination of writing software and hardware Create a disc using a different writing speed settings,
might not match; or the writing speed, writing depth, etc.
writing width, etc. might not match the specifications.
The system skips the selected track and moves to the A non-MP3/WMA file is given an extension of ".MP3", ". Prepare MP3/WMA files.
next track. WMA", ".mp3" or ".wma".
The system plays back a file that is prohibited due to Prepare playable files.
copyright protection.
The tracks do not play back in the desired order. The folder locations in the disc are changed by the Check the settings of the writing software, and create a
writing software while the files are written in the disc. new disc.

(249,1)
iPod player
GUID-4D70A092-9EC2-4F72-A4BF-D040AE970C29

The system does not recognize an iPod. A connector cable is not correctly connected, or the Connect the connector cable again. If the system does
iPod does not correctly operate. not recognize the iPod after performing this procedure
above, reset the iPod.
The iPod that is to be connected is not compatible Check the iPod model and firmware versions available
with the system. for the system.
A USB extension cable is not correctly connected. Do not use a USB extension cable.
The cable is rapidly connected to or disconnected from Slowly connect or disconnect the USB cable.
the USB connector.
An iPod cannot be operated. The iPod is connected to the in-vehicle audio system Remove all equipment from the iPod after discon-
while headsets, etc. are connected to the iPod. necting the iPod from the system, and then connect it
to the system again.
The iPod is not operating normally. Disconnect the iPod from the in-vehicle audio system,
and then connect it to the system again.
The system plays back an album/track that includes a Disconnect the iPod from the in-vehicle audio system,
particular album art. and then reset the iPod. Disable the album art, and
then connect the iPod to the system.
An iPod does not respond. There are too many tracks in a category. Decrease the number of tracks in a category (less than
3,000 tracks).
The shuffle function is turned on. Turn off the shuffle function if many tracks are stored on
the iPod.
Music cannot be played back. A connector is not connected to the iPod. Firmly connect the connector until it clicks.
Playback cuts out. The sound cuts due to vibration resulting from unstable Place the iPod on a stable location where it does not
location of the iPod. roll over.
Distorted sound occurs. The EQ (equalizer) function of the iPod is turned on. Turn off the EQ (equalizer) function.
Battery charge of an iPod takes longer. Battery charge of the iPod may take longer while an If the iPod is requires charging, it is recommended to
iPod is playing back. stop play back.
Battery charge of an iPod is unavailable. The cable that is connected to the iPod may Check the cable currently in use.
deteriorate (cable disconnection, etc.).

(250,1)

Functions cannot be operated using an iPod that is The operation of an iPod must be performed using the
connected to the in-vehicle audio system. - in-vehicle audio system after the iPod is connected to
the system.
Sound skips. Surrounding circumstances (noise, etc.) may cause This does not indicate a malfunction.
sound skip.
A USB extension cable is not correctly connected. Do not use a USB extension cable.

(251,1)
USB memory
GUID-9B58E82E-0419-4E45-A82E-F6C87CFB97F2

The system does not recognize a USB device. A USB extension cable is used. Do not use a USB extension cable.
A USB HUB is used. Do not use a USB HUB.
A USB device is rapidly connected to or disconnected Slowly connect or disconnect the USB device.
from the USB connector.

(252,1)
Bluetooth GUID-31B3F814-D7EA-4A60-B53A-A05CC7472680
streaming audio
Registration cannot be performed. The Bluetooth audio device is not compatible with the Check the Owners Manual for the Bluetooth audio
in-vehicle audio system. device.
The PIN code is incorrect. Check the PIN code for the Bluetooth audio device that
is to be registered.
Check that the PIN code for the Bluetooth audio device
is consistent with that for the in-vehicle audio system.
Another Bluetooth device is used in the vehicle. Turn off another Bluetooth device until the registration
is completed.
Music cannot be played back. The Bluetooth audio device is not compatible with the Check the Owners Manual for the Bluetooth audio
The system is not set to the Bluetooth audio mode. Push the CDAUX button to select the Bluetooth audio
mode.
A Bluetooth adapter is turned off. Turn on a Bluetooth adapter when it is used for a
Bluetooth audio device.
Playback stops. The Bluetooth audio device is not compatible with the Check the Owners Manual for the Bluetooth audio
A cellular phone is connected. This is not a malfunction.
Sound may cut out when a Bluetooth audio device is Push the CDAUX button to select the Bluetooth audio
operated. mode, and then operate a function on the vehicles
display screen.
Audio operation cannot be performed. Bluetooth audio device that does not support audio This is not a malfunction.
operations is in use. Refer to the Owners Manual of the Bluetooth audio
device.
An error occurs when connecting to a Bluetooth Turn the power source of the Bluetooth audio player off
audio profile. and on, and then resume connection with the system.
Bluetooth audio does not play automatically when the Depending on the specifications of the Bluetooth Select Bluetooth audio as the audio source and
vehicle power supply is turned ON the last source was audio device, Bluetooth audio may not play auto- perform play back.
a Bluetooth audio device. matically.

(253,1)

BLUETOOTH HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM
GUID-BC6BB4C1-95BF-4792-A967-D8DDE888D56D

A cellular phone cannot be registered. The cellular phone is not compatible with the in-vehicle Use a cellular phone compatible with the system. Visit the
hands free phone system. website (www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth) for model compat-
ibility.
Registration of the cellular phone has been performed Check the registration procedure, and then register the
incorrectly. cellular phone again.
A cellular phone cannot be connected or is The Bluetooth setting of the in-vehicle hands free Turn on the Bluetooth setting of the system.
disconnected after the registration is completed. phone system is turned off.
The Bluetooth setting of the cellular phone is turned Turn on the Bluetooth setting of the cellular phone.
off.
The remaining battery level of the cellular phone is low. Charge the battery of the cellular phone.
The wireless Bluetooth connection may be disrupted Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by
depending on the location of the cellular phone. metal or far away from the in-vehicle hand free phone system.
Do not place the cellular phone close to the seats or your
body.
Registration of the cellular phone is not completed. Perform registration of the cellular phone.
A call to a particular phone number fails. If the system tries to make a call several times to the Turn off the cellular phone and turn it on again to reset the
same phone number (for example: the party does not connection.
respond to the call, the party is out of the service area,
or the call is abandoned before the party responds), the
system may reject a request to make a call to the phone
number.
The system does not recognize the connection of The cellular phone is not compatible with the in-vehicle Use a cellular phone compatible with the system. Visit the
a cellular phone. The system does not receive or hands free phone system. website (www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth) for model compat-
make a call. ibility.
The cellular phone is not connected. Check the registration procedure, and then register the
cellular phone again.
The phone operation is limited by the functions (such as Remove any settings which are limiting use of the cellular
dial lock, etc.) of the registered cellular phone. phone, and then perform registration again.

(254,1)

The other party cannot hear your voice. The other The cellular phone is not connected. Check the registration procedure, and then register the
party can hear your voice, but it cracks or cuts out. cellular phone again.
The fan speed of the air conditioner is too fast. Decrease the fan speed of the air conditioner.
The ambient noise level is excessive. (For example: Close the windows to shut out ambient noise.
heavy rain, construction sites, inside a tunnel, oncoming
vehicles, etc.)
The noise generated by driving the vehicle is too loud. Reduce the vehicle speed, and then speak a command.
The incoming or outgoing voice level is too loud. Adjust the incoming or outgoing voice level properly.
The voice is cut out or noise is heard during a call. The wireless Bluetooth connection may be disrupted Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by
depending on the location of the cellular phone. metal or far away from the in-vehicle hands-free phone
system. Do not place a cellular phone close to the seats or
your body.
When a cellular phone is operated to make a call, Some models of a cellular phone do not switch to the This is not a malfunction. Make a call again using the hands-
the hands-free function becomes unavailable. hands-free mode when they are operated to make a free function.
call.
The other partys voice cannot be heard. There is The volume level is set to the minimum. Adjust the volume level.
no ring tone. A cellular phone is not connected. Check the registration procedure, and then register the
cellular phone again.
Each volume level (ring tone, incoming voice or Each volume level is not adjusted properly. Adjust each volume level properly.
outgoing voice) is different.
The antenna display is different between the The antenna display varies depending on the model of This does not indicate a malfunction. The antenna display and
navigation screen and a cellular phone screen. cellular phone. remaining battery level shown on the navigation screen may
Making or receiving a call is unavailable even be different from those shown on the cellular phone screen.
though the antenna display that shows that it is Use them as a reference.
possible to do so.
A voice cannot be heard clearly when using a Some structures such as tall buildings, etc. may cause This is not a malfunction.
cellular phone behind tall buildings. irregular reflection of radio waves or completely shut out
radio waves that are used for cellular phones.

(255,1)

Noise is heard when using a cellular phone under/ Electromagnetic waves that are generated from radio This is not a malfunction.
near areas of elevated railroads, high voltage devices may adversely affect the cellular phone.
electric power cables, traffic signals, neon bill-
boards, etc.
Noise is heard in the sound from the audio system Radio waves that are generated from a cellular phone This is not a malfunction.
while using a cellular phone. may adversely affect the sound from the audio system.

(256,1)
VOICE RECOGNITION
GUID-A8BC0EA8-7703-45A1-ACE6-B63B09F42786

The system does not operate or fails to interpret the The system interprets the passengers speech. Ask the passenger to be as quiet as possible.
command correctly after speaking a voice command. The fan speed of the air conditioner is too fast. Decrease the fan speed of the air conditioner.
The ambient noise level is excessive. (For example: Close the windows to shut out ambient noise.
heavy rain, construction sites, inside a tunnel, oncoming
vehicles, etc.)
The noise generated by driving the vehicle is too loud. Reduce the vehicle speed, and then speak the
command.
The voice command is spoken in a low voice. Speak the command in a louder voice.
The timing of speaking a command is too fast. Speak the command after confirming the following: a
voice guidance is announced, a tone sounds, and an
icon on the screen changes from white to orange.
The command is spoken too slowly. Speak in a natural voice without pausing between
words.
The system announces, "Please say again". Pronunciation is unclear. Speak clearly.
The user starts speaking too late after the tone. Speak the command within 5 seconds after confirming
the following: a voice guidance is announced, a tone
sounds, and an icon on the screen changes from white
to orange.
An improper command is spoken. Speak the command or a number that is displayed in
orange on the screen.
Speak the command that is shown in the command list.
The system does not correctly recognize a number Many numbers are spoken at once. Place a pause between the appropriate digits for
spoken. correct recognition by the system. When speaking a
telephone number, place a pause between area codes,
dial codes, etc.
Voice recognition does not operate and a tone sounds The button is pushed immediately after the READY Push the button again after a short period of time.
twice after pushing the button. to drive indicator light is ON.

(257,1)
MONITOR SYSTEM
GUID-DE38966F-3237-4C0C-9DD6-E33DA7FAB126
RearView monitor (if so equipped)

GUID-A56DACCE-043B-4C24-9764-0622D94A05FB

The image on the display is not clear. The front glass of the camera lens is dirty. Gently wipe off the dirt with damp soft cloth.
Moisture drops such as rain or snow form on the Gently wipe off the drops with soft cloth.
camera lens.
Light such as sunlight or a headlight beam from another This is not a malfunction. It will return normal when the
vehicle directly enters the camera. light disappears.
Moisture condensation occurs in the camera lens due This is not a malfunction. It will return normal after
to rapid temperature change. driving for a short period of time.
Objects on the display may not be clear in a dark place Adjust the brightness or the contrast settings of the
or at night. screen.
The image on the display flickers. The vehicle is under fluorescent light. This is not a malfunction.
The colors of the object on the display look different This is a typical phenomenon for cameras. This is not a malfunction.
from those of the actual object.
Image does not appear on the display. The shift lever is not shifted to the "R" position. Shift the shift lever to the "R" position.
The image appears on the display from the wrong angle. The rear hatch opens. Close the rear hatch.
Image on the display is not clearly visible. Strong light or reflected light enters the camera. This is not a malfunction.
Vertical lines appear on the image. Strong reflected light from the bumper enters the This is not a malfunction.
camera.

(258,1)
Around View Monitor (if so

equipped) GUID-FB8D3C19-3019-46C9-A6CE-06E9022FD943
The image does not appear on the display. The shift lever is not shifted to the "R" position. Shift the shift lever to the "R" position.
The CAMERA button is not pushed. Push the CAMERA button.
The vehicle speed is too fast. Drive at a low speed or stop the vehicle.
The image on the display appears to be taken at an The rear hatch is open. Close the rear hatch.
incorrect angle. The drivers door or front passengers door is open or Close the door completely.
partially open.
The outside mirror is folded. Open the door mirror.
The lines on the top view screen appear distorted. The lines may appear distorted due to the effect of tall objects and when the vehicle is laden. There is a tendency
for the lines to be more distorted in an area that is further from the vehicle.
The image during the night is dark. The cover of the supplemental light installed on the door Gently wipe the cover with a soft cloth dampened with
mirror is dirty. water.
Adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen.
The image appears bluish. The vehicle is in a dark place or it is nighttime. This is not a malfunction.
The color of the birds-eye view image is not even. Each camera adjusts to the brightness of the area it is recording causing a discrepancy in the images. This is not a
malfunction.

(259,1)
GENERAL SYSTEM INFORMATION

GUID-53E79F5D-9AE6-4984-955E-CB2A39EB4D66
CURRENT VEHICLE LOCATION GPS signals (indicator color: gray).

GUID-3DB2B298-7959-42E7-A529-EBC2E6E1A510
Display of current vehicle location

GUID-AC334D4E-00C5-4F0B-889E-D50DC5D61202
This navigation system combines the data
obtained from the vehicle (by gyro sensor) and
from GPS (Global Positioning System) satellites
to calculate the current location of the vehicle.
This position is then displayed throughout route
guidance to a destination.
What is GPS (Global Positioning INI0123
System)? GUID-A33AD639-F86B-4DA8-B59E-2726CD899634 INI0121 * Under multi-layered highways
GPS is a position detecting system that uses
* Inside tunnels or parking garages
satellites deployed by the U.S. government. This
navigation system receives radio signals from
three or more different satellites that orbit
13,049 miles (21,000 km) above the earth in
space, and detects the position of the vehicle by
utilizing the principle of triangulation.
Positioning adjustment:
When the system judges that the vehicle
position is not accurate based on vehicle speed
INI0124
and gyro sensor data calculations, the system
will automatically adjust the position of the INI0122 * Areas with numerous tall trees
vehicle icon using GPS signals. * In areas with numerous tall buildings
Receiving signals from GPS satellites:
The reception of GPS signals can be weak,
depending on the environment. Vehicles in the
following areas/environments may not receive

(260,1)
Incorrect display of vehicle position * When the vehicle is traveling in an area with a
GUID-B4EC1A08-66C4-4494-8E5E-6CB5C47F02B9 grid pattern road system.
The following cases may affect the display
accuracy of the vehicles position or traveling
direction. The accuracy will return to normal if
the driving conditions return to normal.
INI0253
* In a canyon
INI0127
INFO: * When the vehicle is passing through a large Y-

shaped intersection/junction.
The GPS antenna is located on the instrument
INI0125
panel inside the vehicle. Do not place any
objects, especially cellular phones or transcei- * When there is a similar road nearby.
vers, on the instrument panel. Because the
strength of the GPS signal is approximately one
billionth of that of TV waves, phones and
transceivers will affect or may totally disrupt
the signal.
Display of GPS information:
GPS information can be displayed.
Viewing GPS current location informa- INI0128
tion (page 6-11) * When the vehicle is traveling on a continuous,
INI0126 slowly curving road.

(261,1)
INI0129 INI0131 INI0133
* When the vehicle is traveling on a road with * When the vehicle is on a snow-covered or * When the vehicle is rotated on a parking lot
repeating S-shaped curves. unpaved road. turntable while the power switch is off.
INI0130 INI0132 INI0134
* When the vehicle is on a loop bridge. * When repeatedly turning left or right, or driving in * When driving on a road not displayed on the map
zigzags. screen or a road that has been changed due to
additional construction or other reasons.

(262,1)
(page 3-75) . The navigation system does not provide

route guidance for roads displayed in dark
Detailed Map Coverage Areas green. Therefore, if the destination is set on
(MCA) for navigation system
GUID-A7515219-FB6B-4303-A8B1-B6FF7C9DABCD
a road displayed in dark green, the enlarged
This system is designed to help guiding to the map display will return to the ordinary map
destination, and it also performs other functions screen at some point on a suggested route
as outlined in this manual. However, the system that is near the destination. Also, voice
must be used safely and properly. Information guidance will stop at some point on a
concerning road conditions, traffic signs and the suggested route that is near the destination.
availability of services may not always be up-to- . Places information and street names near
INI0124
date. The system is not a substitute for safe, roads displayed in gray may not be con-
* When the GPS positioning accuracy is low. proper and legal driving. tained in the map data.
Map data covers select metropolitan areas in the ROUTE CALCULATION
INFO: United States and Canada. GUID-EE073CB3-3FAF-4421-BD08-BF04F3C95D6B
. There may be cases where carpool lanes are
. The vehicle icon may be misaligned when Map data includes two types of areas: Detailed included on a suggested route when the
starting the vehicle just after the READY to coverage areas providing all detailed road data automatic rerouting function is activated,
drive indicator light is ON. and other areas showing Main roads only. even if the Use Time Restricted Roads is
. The vehicle icon may also be misaligned if turned off.
different sized tires or tire chains are INFO: Setting conditions for route calcula-
installed. tion (page 3-55)
Detailed map data is not available in many areas
. The system has a function that automatically and is generally limited to select major metro- . The navigation system does not provide
corrects the vehicle icon position when it is politan areas. route guidance for roads displayed in dark
misaligned from the actual position. green.
. Vehicle position correction by GPS may not When gray road is displayed on map
GUID-B4E64482-6BC5-421A-8E74-FD830C019E3A . If the destination is set on a dark green road,
function when the vehicle is stopped. . When you are driving on a road displayed in the enlarged map display will switch to the
. If the vehicle icon position does not return to gray after the vehicle has deviated from the ordinary map screen at some point and
normal even after driving for a while, correct suggested route during route guidance, suggest a route that is near the destination.
the vehicle icon position manually. automatic rerouting may not start immedi- The distance and direction to the endpoint
Adjusting current vehicle location ately. of the suggested route will be displayed in

(263,1)
the lower right corner of the screen. Also, at . During route calculation, buttons such as If there is no main road within a range of
this time, voice guidance will announce, the MAP button and the MENU button will 1.5 miles (2.5 km) from the destination or
The route to the destination includes roads be disabled. waypoint, a message saying so will
through incomplete map areas. Voice gui- . In some cases, after the calculation is appear on the screen. Try setting the
dance will not be provided in these areas. complete, the calculated route may not be location closer to a main road.
When approaching the endpoint of the immediately displayed. If the vehicle is too close to the destina-
suggested route, voice guidance will an- . Waypoints that have been passed will be tion or if there are no roads to the
nounce, Entering the road with incomplete disregarded by rerouting calculation. destination, a message saying so will
map data. Use the direction arrow and . If you scroll the map while the suggested appear on the screen.
distance information to proceed to your route is being drawn, it may take more time If it is impossible to reach the destination
destination. to finish drawing. or waypoints because of traffic regula-
To reach the destination, refer to the map . If waypoints are set, the system calculates tions, etc.
screen. Always follow actual roads and multiple routes between waypoints simulta- If the only route to reach the destination
regulations and drive safely. neously, and the following may result. or waypoints is extremely complicated.
. The suggested route may not be the short- If one section between waypoints cannot . The following may occur when the route is
est, nor are other circumstances such as be calculated, none of the route will be displayed.
traffic jams considered. displayed. If you calculate a route on a main road,
. Because of the inevitable difference in road The route may not connect completely at the starting point of the route may not
conditions and circumstances between the some waypoints. exactly match the current vehicle loca-
time you use this system and the time the The route may require a U-turn close to tion.
information was produced for the map data, some waypoints. The endpoint of the route may not exactly
there may be discrepancies in roads and match the destination.
. Route calculation may not be completed in
regulations. In such cases, follow the actual If you calculate a route on a main road,
the following cases.
information available. the system may display a route from
If there is no main road within a range of
. During route calculation, the map will not another main road. This may be because
1.5 miles (2.5 km) from the vehicle, a
scroll, however the vehicle icon will move the position of the vehicle icon is not
message saying so will appear on the
with the actual vehicles movement. accurate. In this case, park the vehicle in
screen. Try recalculating when the vehi-
cle is closer to a main road. a safe location and reset the vehicle icon,
or continue driving to see if the position

(264,1)
of the vehicle icon is automatically ROUTE GUIDANCE

GUID-D4460D59-8C4D-4A28-8361-F3C3C250F896
Directions provided and distances
adjusted before recalculating the route. to guide points
GUID-5384B826-AF3F-4803-AEE0-F26A41C42241
There are cases in which the system INFO: Directions will differ, depending on the road
shows an indirect route to reach the type.
The system will only announce street names
destination or waypoints, if you set them
when the system language is set to English.
from stored or facility information. In INFO:
Street names are not announced when the
order to correct this, you must be careful
system is set to Francais (French). Distances may vary, depending on the vehicle
about the traffic direction, especially
when lanes with different travel directions Basics of voice guidance speed.
GUID-D2B260D5-6CB0-48D2-B54D-66BD13AD9397
are shown separately, such as inter- Voice guidance announces which direction to Notification of intersection on ordinary
changes and service areas. turn when approaching an intersection in which road:
This system makes no distinction be- a turn is necessary.
tween limited traffic control and total
control (blockage). It may show an INFO:
indirect route even if the road is usable.
Even if the freeway preference is set to . There may be some cases in which voice
OFF, a route that uses the freeway may guidance and actual road conditions do not
be suggested. correspond. This may occur because of
Even if the ferry preference is set to OFF, discrepancies between the actual road and
a route that uses a ferry line may be the information on the map data, or it is due
suggested. to the vehicles speed.
Ferry lines, excluding those that are only . In case voice guidance does not correspond INI0135
for pedestrians, bicycles and motor- to the actual road conditions, follow the
information obtained from traffic signs or 1. "In about one quarter mile (400 meters),
cycles, are stored in this system. Take right (left) turn."
into consideration the travel time required notices on the road.
. Route guidance provided by the navigation 2. "Right (left) turn ahead."
and operational condition before decid-
ing whether to use them or not. system does not take carpool lane driving
into consideration, especially when carpool
lanes are separated from other road lanes.

(265,1)
Notification of consecutive intersections Notification of freeway entrance:

on ordinary roads:
INI0137
INI0136
1. "In about one quarter mile (400 meters)
When the road has three or more consecutive freeway entrance on your right onto (road
intersections ahead, voice guidance will an- number and direction)."
nounce the following. 2. "Freeway entrance on your right onto (road
1. "In about one quarter mile (400 meters), number and direction)."
right (left) turn, then in about one quarter
mile (100 meters) left (right) turn."
2. "Left (right) turn ahead, then in about one
quarter mile (100 meters) right (left) turn."

(266,1)
Notification of freeway junction: 1. "In about one mile (1.6 kilometers), exit on
your right."
2. "Take the second exit on your right."
Notification when approaching destina-
tion:
Ordinary road:
When approaching the destination, voice gui-
dance will announce, "You have arrived at your
destination. Ending route guidance." To finally
reach your destination, refer to the map screen.
Dark green road:
After passing the last turning point on a
suggested route, voice guidance will announce,
"The route to your destination includes roads
INI0138
through incomplete map areas. Voice guidance
will not be provided in these areas." When
1. "In about one mile (1.6 kilometers), keep to Notification of freeway exit: approaching the endpoint of the suggested
the right (left) onto (road number and road, voice guidance will announce, "Entering
direction), then in about one quarter mile the road with incomplete map data. Please use
(400 meters) keep to the right (left)." the direction arrow and distance information to
2. "Keep to the right (left) onto (road number proceed to your destination."
and direction), then in about one quarter Repeating voice guidance
GUID-43C350DF-CAB4-4E5D-8440-651D34A03D54
mile (400 meters) keep to the right (left)
This function is available throughout route
onto (road number and direction)."
guidance, from the time after the route calcula-
3. "Keep to the right (left) onto (road number tion is completed until the vehicle arrives at the
and direction)." destination. Push and hold the VOICE button.
INI0139 Voice guidance will be repeated.

(267,1)
INFO: . When the vehicle has deviated from the . In some cases, voice guidance ends before
suggested route, voice guidance is not arrival at the destination. Refer to the
. If the VOICE button is pushed and held
available. The system will not announce this. destination icon on the map to reach the
when the vehicle is deviating from the
Refer to the map and recalculate the route. destination.
suggested route and when the automatic
Recalculating route (page 3-53) . If the system recognizes on which side the
reroute function is off, voice guidance will
. Voice guidance may not accurately corre- destination (waypoint) is located, voice
announce, "Proceed to the highlighted
spond with road numbers and directions at guidance will announce "on the right/left"
route."
freeway junctions. after announcing the arrival at the destina-
. If the VOICE button is pushed and held
. Voice guidance may not accurately corre- tion.
when the vehicle is going in the wrong
spond to street names at freeway exits. . Voice guidance may be partially operational
direction, voice guidance will announce:
. The displayed street names may sometimes or inoperative due to the angle of roads at an
"Please make a legal U-turn if possible."
differ from the actual names, or "UN- intersection.
Notes on voice guidance
GUID-D97CC207-69BB-4213-9710-6F7BC47DE9D0
KNOWN STREET NAME" may be dis- . Because freeway lane information is avail-
. Voice guidance in this system should be played. able only for approximately 7,000 major
regarded as a supplementary function. . Voice guidance is not available when the freeways in North America, it is not possible
When driving the vehicle, check the route [Guidance Voice] is turned off. to display information for all junctions and
on the map and follow the actual roads and Volume settings (page 1-16) exits.
traffic regulations. . Voice guidance will start when the vehicle . Freeway exit information may differ from the
. Voice guidance is activated only for inter- enters the suggested route. Refer to the information on the actual exit signs.
sections with certain conditions. There may map for directions to the starting point of the . Because it is not possible to consider data
be cases where the vehicle has to turn, but route. concerning roads that are seasonally avail-
voice guidance is not provided. . When approaching a waypoint, voice gui- able or unavailable, a route may be displayed
. Voice guidance contents may vary, depend- dance will announce, "You have arrived at that does not match the actual traffic
ing on the direction of the turn and the type waypoint 1 (2, 3, 4,...)." Voice guidance will restrictions. Be sure to follow the actual
of intersection. switch to the next section of the route. When traffic restrictions while driving.
. The voice guidance timing will vary depend- voice guidance is not available, refer to the . Canada and Alaska contain many roads with
ing on the situation. map for directions. incomplete map data. As a result, when
searching for a route, the route may include
roads with incomplete data. In regions

(268,1)
where road data is not complete, voice accuracy of the information provided. All . Due to the coverage and quality of traffic
guidance may stop for long periods of time. fees and programming are subject to information and road conditions, it is not
Be sure to follow the actual traffic restric- change. For more details on the NavTraffic always possible for the system to provide
tions while driving. service, terms and conditions, please visit the shortest time route even when traffic
www.siriusxm.com/navtraffic. information is considered.
NOTES ON NAV TRAFFIC INFOR-
You can also contact SiriusXM Satellite . Traffic information that is displayed may
MATION differ from information from other media
GUID-3C768737-3150-4B3D-BA4F-F358165C07E4 Radio at
. The NavTraffic information service is not (e.g., radio), as other media may use
1-866-635-2349.
provided for some cities. In addition, the different information sources.
cities for which the traffic information service . As of January 31, 2009, the NavTraffic
is provided may be changed. service covers 80 major metropolitan mar- MAP DATAGUID-E8AC15C0-C36D-42F7-9BDE-323856EC8947
kets. For the most current list of markets
. In some cases, infrastructure problems may How to handle the Map SD card
covered, please refer to GUID-BB0BDEC0-EF03-4703-85B5-BFABC2E2D404
prevent the complete display of the traffic
www.siriusxm.com/navtraffic, or call Sir- In the right side slot, an SD card that includes
information. This is not a malfunction.
iusXM Satellite Radio customer support at the map data is inserted. When handling the
. Due to infrastructure problems, or due to the Map SD card, please be careful and adhere to
1-866-635-2349.
time when the traffic information service the following instructions:
broadcast is received, the displayed infor- . Due to road maintenance, infrastructure
mation may differ from the actual traffic problems (e.g. malfunction of road sensors, . An SD card is inserted in the slot on the
conditions. outage of central computer of infrastructure) right side. This is the SDHC card that is
or natural disasters, there are times when exclusively used for this device. This card
. Depending on the traffic information, a
some or all traffic information may not be includes the map data. The SDHC card is
detour route may be slower than the original
available. necessary to operate the device. Do not
route.
. Incident information is based on human remove this card except when update of the
. NavTraffic is a service of SiriusXM Satellite map data is required.
collection. Not all incidents that have hap-
Radio. NavTraffic is only available in select
pened are collected and provided. . The device does not work even if the SDHC
markets and is subject to data availability.
. Due to infrastructure problems, or transmis- card with the map data is inserted in the slot
Reception of the XM signal may vary
sion delay, there are times when the on the left side.
depending on location. It requires a monthly
premium subscription. The service provider information may differ from the actual con- . Never analyze, modify, delete or format the
is solely responsible for the quality and dition. Always observe safe driving practices map data. Doing so may cause an improper
and follow all traffic regulations. operation of the device.

(269,1)
. The SDHC card that is exclusively used for About mapGUID-C4F93B33-ABFF-4B67-8DB7-9D120E61CC1B

data
this device does not work properly even if it 1. This map data has been prepared by
WARNING
is inserted in another device. HITACHI AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEMS, LTD. . This navigation system should not
. The map data cannot be used even if it is (HITACHI), under license from HERE. has be used to replace your own judge-
copied to another SDHC card. added, processed and digitized data based ment. No itinerary suggested by this
. Do not remove the SDHC card containing on the digital road map data of HERE. Due navigation system should ever over-
map data from the system. Using the system to the production timing of the map data, ride any highway regulations, your
with the SDHC card containing map data some new roads may not be included in this own judgement, or a knowledge of
removed will prevent some functions from map data or some of the names or roads safe driving practices. Do not follow
operating. may be different from those at the time you the navigation systems suggested
use this map data. itinerary if it would cause you to
NOTE:
2. Traffic control and regulation data used in perform a dangerous or illegal act,
Do not remove the SD card containing map
this map data may be different from those at place you in a dangerous situation,
data that is inserted in the right-hand slot.
the time you use this map data due to the or take you into an area you con-
When this SD card containing map data is
data production timing. When driving your sider unsafe.
removed the navigation system will not
operate. If the SD card containing map vehicle, follow the actual traffic control signs . The advice provided by the naviga-
data is accidentally removed, after rein- and notices on the roads. tion system is to be regarded as a
serting the SD card containing map data 3. Reproducing or copying this map software suggestion only. There may be
into the right-hand slot, place the power is strictly prohibited by law. times when the navigation system
switch in the OFF position and then place Published by Nissan North America, Inc. displays the vehicles location in-
back in the ON position again. correctly, fails to suggest the short-
Omaha, NE, Copyright est route, or fails to direct you to the
*
C 1993-2010 HERE. All Rights Reserved. your desired destination. In such
*
C 2010, All Rights Reserved.
instances, rely on your own driving
How to order map data updates
GUID-2BB87323-4211-4749-8BF6-64CBF5675E0C judgement, taking into account the
To order updated map data, contact the driving conditions at the time.
NISSAN NAVIGATION SYSTEM HELPDESK.
. Do not use the navigation system to
See the contact information on the inside front
locate emergency services. The da-
cover of this manual.
tabase does not contain a complete

(270,1)
listing of emergency services such traffic conditions and regula- companies of this product.
as police stations, fire halls, hospi- tions at all times while driving. End-user terms
GUID-4AADC288-E82C-45B2-B0EB-368B3B3F0ABE
tals and walk-in clinics. Please Where actual road conditions The data (Data) is provided for your personal,
show discretion and ask for direc- and highway regulations differ internal use only and not for resale. It is
tions in such instances. from the information contained protected by copyright, and is subject to the
. As the driver, you alone are respon- on the navigation system, abide following terms and conditions which are agreed
sible for your driving safety. by the highway regulations. to by you, on the one hand, and HITACHI
In order to avoid a traffic acci- Keep the amount of time spent AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEMS, LTD. (HITACHI)
dent, do not operate the system viewing the screen while driving and its licensors (including their licensors and
while driving. to a strict minimum. suppliers) on the other hand.
In order to avoid a traffic acci- *
C 2010 HERE. All rights reserved.
dent, operate the system only The navigation system does not provide, The Data for areas of Canada includes informa-
when the vehicle is stopped at a nor represent in any way information on: tion taken with permission from Canadian
safe place and the parking traffic and highway regulations; technical authorities, including: *
C Her Majesty the Queen
brake is on. aspects of the vehicle including weight, in Right of Canada, * C Queens Printer for
In order to avoid a traffic acci- height, width, load and speed limits; road Ontario, * C Canada Post Corporation, Geo-
dent or traffic offence, remem- conditions including grade, percentage of Base, * C Department of Natural Resources
ber that actual road conditions incline and surface conditions; obstacles Canada.
and traffic regulations take pre- such as the height and width of bridges
HERE holds a non-exclusive license from the
and tunnels; and other current driving or
cedence over the information United States Postal Service to publish and
road conditions. Always rely on your own
contained on the navigation sys- sell ZIP+4 information.
tem. judgement when driving a car, taking into

account current driving conditions. *
C United States Postal Service 2010. Prices
The Software may contain inac- are not established, controlled or approved by
The marks of companies displayed by this
curate or incomplete informa- the United States Postal Service. The following
product to indicate business locations are the
tion due to the passage of trademarks and registrations are owned by the
marks of their respective owners. The use of
time, changing circumstances, USPS: United States Postal Service, USPS, and
such marks in this product does not imply any
and the sources of information ZIP+4.
sponsorship, approval, or endorsement by such
used. Please respect current

(271,1)
Terms and conditions: computer devices, including without limitation exclusions, so to that extent the above exclusion
Personal Use Only. You agree to use this Data cellular phones, palmtop and handheld compu- may not apply to you.
together with Nissan Automotive Products for ters, pagers, and personal digital assistants or Disclaimer of Liability: HITACHI AND ITS
the solely personal, non-commercial purposes PDAs. LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS
for which you were licensed, and not for service Warning. The Data may contain inaccurate or AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO
bureau, timesharing or other similar purposes. incomplete information due to the passage of YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND
Accordingly, but subject to the restrictions set time, changing circumstances, sources used OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE
forth in the following paragraphs, you may copy and the nature of collecting comprehensive OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
this Data only as necessary for your personal geographic data, any of which may lead to ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
use to (i) view it, and (ii) save it, provided that incorrect results. DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
you do not remove any copyright notices that No Warranty. This Data is provided to you as MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSES-
appear and do not modify the Data in any way. is, and you agree to use it at your own risk. SION OF THE INFORMATION; OR FOR ANY
You agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy, HITACHI and its licensors (and their licensors LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS
modify, decompile, disassemble, create any and suppliers) make no guarantees, representa- OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT,
derivative works of, or reverse engineer any tions or warranties of any kind, express or INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CON-
portion of this Data, and may not transfer or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including SEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF
distribute it in any form, for any purpose, except but not limited to, content, quality, accuracy, YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS
to the extent permitted by mandatory laws. completeness, effectiveness, reliability, fitness INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN THE INFOR-
Restrictions. Except where you have been for a particular purpose, usefulness, use or MATION, OR THE BREACH OF THESE
specifically licensed to do so by HITACHI, and results to be obtained from this Data, or that the TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN
without limiting the preceding paragraph, you Data or server will be uninterrupted or error-free. ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED
may not (a) use this Data with any products, ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF HITACHI OR ITS
Disclaimer of Warranty: HITACHI AND ITS
systems, or applications installed or otherwise LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS
connected to or in communication with vehicles, POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some
AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY WARRAN-
capable of vehicle navigation, positioning, dis- States, Territories and Countries do not allow
TIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY,
patch, real time route guidance, fleet manage- certain liability exclusions or damages limita-
PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FIT-
ment or similar applications; or (b) with or in tions, so to that extent the above may not apply
NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
communication with any positioning devices or to you.
NONINFRINGEMENT. Some States, Territories
any mobile or wireless-connected electronic or and Countries do not allow certain warranty

(272,1)
Export Control. You agree not to export from government, this Data is a commercial item as HOW TO HANDLE DISPLAY
GUID-372A4E1B-44A4-402D-B2E2-BBC1C2EE95EA
anywhere any part of the Data provided to you or that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. (FAR) 2.101, The display is a liquid crystal display and should
any direct product thereof except in compliance is licensed in accordance with these End-User be handled with care.
with, and with all licenses and approvals Terms, and each copy of Data delivered or
required under, applicable export laws, rules otherwise furnished shall be marked and em-
and regulations. bedded as appropriate with the following WARNING
Entire Agreement. These terms and condi- Notice of Use, and shall be treated in
accordance with such Notice: Never disassemble the display. Some
tions constitute the entire agreement between parts utilize extremely high voltage.
HITACHI (and its licensors, including their NOTICE OF USE Touching them may result in serious
licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) personal injury.
the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in NAME: HERE
their entirety any and all written or oral agree- CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER)
ments previously existing between us with ADDRESS: 425 West Randolph St., Chicago, Characteristics of liquid crystal dis-
respect to such subject matter. Illinois 60606 play GUID-72F07E58-A17C-45D9-BF47-39A4827F02CB
Governing Law. The above terms and condi- This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR
. If the temperature inside the vehicle is
2.101 and is subject to these End-User Terms under
tions shall be governed by the laws of the State which this Data was provided. especially low, the display will stay relatively
of Illinois, without giving effect to (i) its conflict of *
C 2010 HERE - All rights reserved.
dim or the movement of the images may be
laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations slow. These conditions are normal. The
Convention for Contracts for the International If the Contracting Officer, federal government display will function normally when the
Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded. You agency, or any federal official refuses to use the interior of the vehicle has warmed up.
agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the State of legend provided herein, the Contracting Officer, . Some pixels in the display are darker or
Illinois for any and all disputes, claims and federal government agency, or any federal brighter than others. This condition is an
actions arising from or in connection with the official must notify HERE prior to seeking inherent characteristic of liquid crystal dis-
Data provided to you hereunder. additional or alternative rights in the Data. plays, and it is not a malfunction.
Government End Users. Government End . A remnant of the previous display image may
Users. If the Data is being acquired by or on remain on the screen. This screen burn is
behalf of the United States government or any inherent in displays, and it is not a malfunc-
other entity seeking or applying rights similar to tion.
those customarily claimed by the United States

(273,1)
INFO: HOW TO HANDLE THE SD CARD

GUID-FDEBCDA1-7B04-49F0-B952-C1291DD04F39
. If an SD card is disposed of when it is not
When handling the SD card, please be careful used, it is recommended not only to delete
The screen may become distorted by strong
and adhere to the following instructions: the stored data but also to physically break
magnetic fields.
the card.
. Always follow the instructions described in
Maintenance of display
GUID-72D69B6D-01E1-4BC7-9C57-190D3F5CCDD6 this manual and in the handbook attached to HOW TO HANDLE CD AND USB
the SD card when using an SD card in this MEMORY GUID-DC92BB0A-0EC3-4B1C-8EA5-76A93B7EF87B
CAUTION device.
. Do not handle an SD card with wet hands.
CD GUID-5DD991C3-D2C9-478E-AB06-0259A92D890E
. To clean the display, never use a . Handle a CD by its edges. Never touch the
rough cloth, alcohol, benzine, thin- Doing so may cause electric shock or a
malfunction. surface of the disc. Do not bend the disc.
ner and any kind of solvent or paper
. Do not allow hands or metal objects to . Always place the discs in the storage case
towel with a chemical cleaning
contact the terminal area of SD cards. when they are not being used.
agent. They will scratch or deterio-
rate the panel. . Do not place SD cards on the instrument . To clean a disc, wipe the surface from the
panel, on any place with direct sunlight or in center to the outer edge using a clean, soft
. Do not splash any liquid such as cloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circular
water or car fragrance on the dis- moist circumstances. Doing so may damage
or deform the SD card. motion.
play. Contact with liquid will cause
. Do not use any conventional cleaner, Do not use a conventional record cleaner or
the system to malfunction.
benzine, thinner or antistatic spray. alcohol intended for industrial use.
. Do not use SD cards in any place where . A new disc may be rough on the inner and
To clean the display screen, use a dry, soft cloth.
static electricity or electric noise adversely outer edges. Remove the rough edges by
If additional cleaning is necessary, use a small
affects SD cards. This may cause data rubbing the inner and outer edges with the
amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth.
corruption or data loss. side of a pen or pencil.
Never spray the screen with water or detergent.
Dampen the cloth first, then wipe the screen. . SD card optimization must not be per- USB memory
GUID-269D1C80-A38F-4452-A06A-757B3A385144
formed.
. Never touch the terminal portion of the USB
. Always place the SD card in its storage case memory.
when not in use.
. Do not place heavy objects on the USB
memory.

(274,1)
. Do not store the USB memory in highly

humid locations.
. Do not expose the USB memory to direct
sunlight.
. Do not spill any liquids on the USB memory.
Refer to the USB memory Owners Manual for
details.

(277,1)
11 Index
A Connecting cellular phone........................................
... 1-13 F
Connecting procedure.................................................
... 7-4
About route guidance ................................................
... 3-41 Control button and microphone ................................
... 7-3
Adjusting volume and others......................................
... 1-7 Features of LEAF Navigation .....................................
... IT-2
Control buttons and functions...................................
... 1-2 Finding address...........................................................
... 3-20
Around View Monitor ...................................................
... 9-7 Control panel..................................................................
... 1-2
Audio operation precautions......................................
... 4-2 Finding charging station............................................
... 3-25
Current vehicle location..........................................
... 10-29 Finding nearby Points of Interest ............................
... 3-29
Auxiliary input jack.......................................................
... 4-22 Customer assistance..................................................
... 10-2 Finding points of interest ..........................................
... 3-21
FMAM radio screen ...................................................
... 1-10
B D FM-AM-SAT radio operation ....................................
... 4-11
Basic operation..............................................................
... 1-7 Functions disabled while driving...............................
... 1-6
Data communication settings...................................
... 5-20
Battery and power information ................................
... 2-16 Deleting phone information.......................................
... 7-11

Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System .................. ... 7-2 G
Deleting stored item...................................................
... 3-68
Bluetooth streaming audio .....................................
... 4-10 Destination screen......................................................
... 3-17
Bluetooth streaming audio operation .................. ... 4-19 Giving voice commands..............................................
... 8-2
Display adjustment......................................................
... 1-14 Guidance screen settings.........................................
... 3-43
Display urgent traffic information ..............................
... 6-8
C TM
Displaying CARWINGS information screen...... ... 5-7
Displaying charging station icons on map ............. ... 2-5
H
Camera settings .................................................
... 9-6, 9-13 Displaying command list .............................................
... 8-6
Canceling/reactivating route ....................................
... 3-47 How to handle CD and USB memory................ ... 10-43
Displaying current vehicle location...........................
... 3-5 How to handle display............................................
... 10-42
Car phone or CB radio .............................................
... 7-13 Displaying estimated driving range...........................
... 2-3
TM
CARWINGS overview.............................................
... 5-4 How to handle the Map SD card ........................
... 10-38
TM Displaying unit ID information ..................................
... 5-18 How to handle the SD card..................................
... 10-43
CARWINGS settings.............................................
... 5-12 Downloading phonebook memory ..........................
... 7-10
CDAUX screen ...........................................................
... 1-10 How to park with predictive course lines .................. 9-4
Driving range..................................................................
... IT-2 How to read displayed lines ......................................
... 9-2
Changing map view......................................................
... 3-8 During a call ...................................................................
... 7-6
Changing region..........................................................
... 3-18 How to set Climate Ctrl. Timer ...............................
... 2-12
Changing scale of map ...............................................
... 3-7 How to set Climate Ctrl. Timer and remote
Character (letters and numbers) input screen ...... ... 1-7
E climate control temperature......................................
... 2-14
Charge recommendation guidance ........................
... 2-16 How to view information screen................................
... 5-8
Editing address book.................................................
... 3-62
Charging station information ......................................
... IT-2 Editing Quick Dial.........................................................
... 7-7
Clock settings..............................................................
... 1-16 Editing route .................................................................
... 3-48
I
Comfort & convenience settings...............................
... 6-4 Energy information display.................................
... IT-3, 2-8
Compact Disc (CD) player.........................................
... 4-3 Info on route ...................................................................
... 6-7
Error message on communication ..........................
... 5-19 Information feed setting.............................................
... 5-15
Compact Disc (CD) player operation.................... ... 4-13
Compressed Audio Files (MP3/WMA) ................... ... 4-7 Information screen ........................................................
... 6-2
Confirming route..........................................................
... 3-52 Inputting user ID and password..............................
... 1-11

(278,1)
iPod player and iPhone...........................................

... 4-5 Sending charge connector status information to
iPod player operation...............................................
... 4-15 P Data Center..................................................................
... 5-14
Items to be set initially...............................................
... 1-11 Setting by phone number .........................................
... 3-32
Pandora ......................................................................
... 4-16 Setting city center.......................................................
... 3-34
L Phone number input screen.......................................
... 1-8 Setting Climate Ctrl. Timer.......................................
... 2-12
Phone selection.............................................................
... 7-4 Setting conditions for route calculation ................ ... 3-55
Language settings.......................................................
... 1-17 Phone settings...............................................................
... 7-9 Setting detour route ...................................................
... 3-54
Laser product.................................................................
... 0-4 Phone volume settings ..............................................
... 7-12 Setting freeway entrance/exit...................................
... 3-35
Limited Power Notice.................................................
... 2-17 Procedures after setting route.................................
... 3-39 Setting from stored routes........................................
... 3-31
Looking at information on map................................
... 3-12 Setting home as destination ....................................
... 3-24
Low battery...................................................................
... 2-16 R Setting intersection.....................................................
... 3-32
M Radio ................................................................................
... 4-2 on screen ......................................................................
... 2-15
RearView monitor..........................................................
... 9-2 Setting messages that are received by email...... ... 5-12
Making a call ..................................................................
... 7-5 Recalculating route.....................................................
... 3-53 Setting point on map .................................................
... 3-36
Map data ....................................................................
... 10-38 Receiving a call .............................................................
... 7-5 Setting time for receiving charge connector
Map menu screen .......................................................
... 3-14 Regulatory information .................................................
... 7-3 status notifications ......................................................
... 5-13
Map screen.....................................................................
... 1-9 Remote functions ..........................................................
... IT-4 Setting timer charge...................................................
... 2-10
Map settings...................................................................
... 3-3 Reset all CARWINGSTM settings to default........ ... 5-18 SiriusXM Satellite Radio screen..............................
... 1-10
Map symbols ................................................................
... 3-16 Resetting all navigation settings to default .......... ... 3-76 Speed limit indication on map.................................
... 3-73
Map types .......................................................................
... 3-3 Restoring default settings for notifications........... ... 5-15 Start-up screen..............................................................
... 1-5
Map view settings.........................................................
... 3-9 Route calculation......................................................
... 10-32 Status screen...............................................................
... 1-10
Menu screen...................................................................
... 1-9 Route guidance .............................................
... 3-39, 10-34 Steering wheel switches .............................................
... 1-4
Moving map....................................................................
... 3-5 Route guidance settings ...........................................
... 3-57 Steering wheel switches for audio control........... ... 4-23
Route screen................................................................
... 3-46 Storing a location/route.............................................
... 3-58
N Storing avoid area.......................................................
... 3-61
S Storing favorites ............................................................
... 5-9
Navigation settings .....................................................
... 3-72 Storing home location................................................
... 1-12
Navigation Telematics (CARWINGSTM service) .... ... IT-5 Scrolling message or list.............................................
... 1-7 Storing location ...........................................................
... 3-58
Nearby traffic info..........................................................
... 6-7 Searching for detour route using Storing location for receiving charge connector
NISSAN voice recognition..........................................
... 8-2 traffic information.........................................................
... 3-54 disconnected notifications ........................................
... 5-12
Notes on Nav Traffic information..........................
... 10-38 Searching from address book .................................
... 3-28 Storing Quick Dial ........................................................
... 7-6
Searching from history...............................................
... 3-28 Storing route ................................................................
... 3-60
TM
O Selecting item ................................................................
... 1-7 Subscription to CARWINGS service................ ... 1-11
Sending battery charge status information to
Operations after setting destination.......................
... 3-36 Data Center .................................................................
... 5-14
Other navigation settings..........................................
... 3-73
11-2 Index

(279,1)
T Viewing vehicle information ........................................

... 6-3
Voice command examples ..........................................
... 8-3
Telematics overview......................................................
... 5-2 Voice guidance settings ............................................
... 3-53
Telematics service.........................................................
... IT-4 Voice recognition settings ..........................................
... 8-9
Text message .................................................................
... 7-8 Volume settings ...........................................................
... 1-16
Text message settings ...............................................
... 7-12
Timer function operation............................................
... 2-10 Z
Timer functions ..............................................................
... IT-3
Traffic information on map ..........................................
... 6-8 Zero Emission menu screen..............................
... 1-9, 2-2
Traffic information settings........................................
... 6-10
Transferring information to/from address book.... ... 3-70
U
Unique EV function settings.....................................
... 2-14
Unique EV functions.....................................................
... IT-2
Unit settings .................................................................
... 1-17
Updating charging station information..................... ... 2-7
USB (Universal Serial Bus) ........................................
... 4-4
USB connector and Auxiliary input jack.................. ... 1-4
USB memory operation.............................................
... 4-18
Using Google Map .....................................................
... 3-30
Using route planner ....................................................
... 3-31
V
Viewing available traffic information .........................
... 6-6
Viewing CARWINGSTM records.............................
... 5-11
Viewing Charging Station information ..................... ... 6-5
Viewing energy economy history...............................
... 2-9
Viewing energy economy information ...................... ... 2-8
Viewing energy usage information............................
... 2-9
Viewing GPS current location information ........... ... 6-11
Viewing information about current
vehicle location ..............................................................
... 6-4
Viewing maintenance information .............................
... 6-3
Viewing navigation system version information.... ... 6-12
Index 11-3

(280,1)
MEMO
11-4 Index

PANTONE PANTONE PANTONE PANTONE PANTONE
300C 299C 297C 289C 102C
K100
2015 NISSAN LEAF NAVIGATION SYSTEM

2015 LEAF
NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL
0ENJ-N
Printing: March 2014 (03)
Publication No.: N15E 0ENUU0
Printed in USA For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.
T00NA-3NA2D 0ENJ-N

Leaf NavSysManual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Leaf NavSysManual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PANTONE PANTONE PANTONE PANTONE PANTONE

300C 299C 297C 289C 102C

2015 NISSAN LEAF NAVIGATION SYSTEM

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

How to use this manual ...........................................................

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

Required SiriusXM Satellite

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

LEAF Navigation System overview

Features of LEAF Navigation System ..................................

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

FEATURES OF LEAF NAVIGATION

IT-2 LEAF Navigation System overview

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

Portal Website, the information is converted into

IT-6 LEAF Navigation System overview

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

Control buttons and functions ................................................

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

CONTROL BUTTONS AND

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

Getting Started 1-3

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

When the OPEN/TILT button is pushed while STEERING GUID-1B7CD1C1-5D48-4964-8816-2649513B59D0

Adjusting monitor angle

1-4 Getting Started

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

INFO: . If other buttons such as the MAP

Getting Started 1-5

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

FUNCTIONS DISABLED WHILE

1-6 Getting Started

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

Touch [+] or [-] located on the right and left of

Getting Started 1-7

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

1-8 Getting Started

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

VIEWING DISPLAY SCREENS

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

. [CARWINGS]: FMAM RADIO SCREEN

Push the FMAM button to turn on the radio and LNC0020X

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

ITEMS TO BE SET INITIALLY

Getting Started 1-11

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

Website and obtain an ID again. STORING HOME LOCATION

1-12 Getting Started

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

4. Touch [Map]. The current location map

Getting Started 1-13

Condition: NAM/ [ Edit: 2014/ 1/ 30 Model: Navi-EV ]

INFO: Available settings

You can also visit www.nissanusa.com/blue-

1-14 Getting Started